Texas Instruments Network Card TMS320DM36X User Manual

TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip  
(DMSoC)  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)  
User's Guide  
Literature Number: SPRUFI5B  
March 2009Revised December 2010  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Preface ...................................................................................................................................... 10  
1
Introduction ...................................................................................................................... 13  
1.1  
1.2  
1.3  
1.4  
Purpose of the Peripheral ............................................................................................. 13  
Features ................................................................................................................. 13  
Functional Block Diagram ............................................................................................. 14  
Industry Standard(s) Compliance Statement ....................................................................... 15  
2
Architecture ...................................................................................................................... 15  
2.1  
2.2  
2.3  
2.4  
2.5  
2.6  
2.7  
2.8  
2.9  
Clock Control ........................................................................................................... 15  
Memory Map ............................................................................................................ 16  
Signal Descriptions .................................................................................................... 16  
Pin Multiplexing ........................................................................................................ 17  
Ethernet Protocol Overview .......................................................................................... 18  
Programming Interface ................................................................................................ 19  
EMAC Control Module ................................................................................................ 30  
MDIO Module ........................................................................................................... 33  
EMAC Module .......................................................................................................... 37  
2.10 Media Independent Interface (MII) ................................................................................... 40  
2.11 Packet Receive Operation ............................................................................................ 44  
2.12 Packet Transmit Operation ........................................................................................... 49  
2.13 Receive and Transmit Latency ....................................................................................... 49  
2.14 Transfer Node Priority ................................................................................................. 50  
2.15 Reset Considerations .................................................................................................. 50  
2.16 Initialization ............................................................................................................. 51  
2.17 Interrupt Support ....................................................................................................... 55  
2.18 Power Management ................................................................................................... 59  
2.19 Emulation Considerations ............................................................................................. 59  
EMAC Control Module Registers ......................................................................................... 60  
3
3.1  
3.2  
3.3  
3.4  
3.5  
3.6  
3.7  
3.8  
3.9  
EMAC Control Module Identification and Version Register (CMIDVER) ....................................... 60  
EMAC Control Module Software Reset Register (CMSOFTRESET) ........................................... 61  
EMAC Control Module Emulation Control Register (CMEMCONTROL) ....................................... 61  
EMAC Control Module Interrupt Control Register (CMINTCTRL) ............................................... 62  
EMAC Control Module Receive Threshold Interrupt Enable Register (CMRXTHRESHINTEN) ............ 63  
EMAC Control Module Receive Interrupt Enable Register (CMRXINTEN) .................................... 63  
EMAC Control Module Transmit Interrupt Enable Register (CMTXINTEN) .................................... 64  
EMAC Control Module Miscellaneous Interrupt Enable Register (CMMISCINTEN) .......................... 65  
EMAC Control Module Receive Threshold Interrupt Status Register (CMRXTHRESHINTSTAT) .......... 66  
3.10 EMAC Control Module Receive Interrupt Status Register (CMRXINTSTAT) .................................. 66  
3.11 EMAC Control Module Transmit Interrupt Status Register (CMTXINTSTAT) ................................. 67  
3.12 EMAC Control Module Miscellaneous Interrupt Status Register (EWMISCSTAT) ............................ 68  
3.13 EMAC Control Module Receive Interrupts per Millisecond Register (CMRXINTMAX) ....................... 69  
3.14 EMAC Control Module Transmit Interrupts per Millisecond Register (CMTXINTMAX) ....................... 69  
MDIO Registers ................................................................................................................. 70  
4
3
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Table of Contents  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
www.ti.com  
4.1  
4.2  
4.3  
4.4  
4.5  
4.6  
4.7  
4.8  
4.9  
MDIO Version Register (VERSION) ................................................................................. 70  
MDIO Control Register (CONTROL) ................................................................................ 71  
PHY Acknowledge Status Register (ALIVE) ....................................................................... 72  
PHY Link Status Register (LINK) .................................................................................... 72  
MDIO Link Status Change Interrupt (Unmasked) Register (LINKINTRAW) ................................... 73  
MDIO Link Status Change Interrupt (Masked) Register (LINKINTMASKED) .................................. 74  
MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt (Unmasked) Register (USERINTRAW) .......................... 75  
MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt (Masked) Register (USERINTMASKED) ......................... 76  
MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt Mask Set Register (USERINTMASKSET) ....................... 77  
4.10 MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt Mask Clear Register (USERINTMASKCLEAR) ................. 78  
4.11 MDIO User Access Register 0 (USERACCESS0) ................................................................ 79  
4.12 MDIO User PHY Select Register 0 (USERPHYSEL0) ............................................................ 80  
4.13 MDIO User Access Register 1 (USERACCESS1) ................................................................ 81  
4.14 MDIO User PHY Select Register 1 (USERPHYSEL1) ............................................................ 82  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers ............................................................. 83  
5
5.1  
5.2  
5.3  
5.4  
5.5  
5.6  
5.7  
5.8  
5.9  
Transmit Identification and Version Register (TXIDVER) ........................................................ 86  
Transmit Control Register (TXCONTROL) ......................................................................... 86  
Transmit Teardown Register (TXTEARDOWN) ................................................................... 87  
Receive Identification and Version Register (RXIDVER) ......................................................... 88  
Receive Control Register (RXCONTROL) .......................................................................... 89  
Receive Teardown Register (RXTEARDOWN) .................................................................... 89  
Transmit Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register (TXINTSTATRAW) ............................................ 90  
Transmit Interrupt Status (Masked) Register (TXINTSTATMASKED) .......................................... 91  
Transmit Interrupt Mask Set Register (TXINTMASKSET) ........................................................ 92  
5.10 Transmit Interrupt Mask Clear Register (TXINTMASKCLEAR) .................................................. 93  
5.11 MAC Input Vector Register (MACINVECTOR) ..................................................................... 94  
5.12 MAC End Of Interrupt Vector Register (MACEOIVECTOR) ..................................................... 94  
5.13 Receive Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register (RXINTSTATRAW) ............................................ 95  
5.14 Receive Interrupt Status (Masked) Register (RXINTSTATMASKED) .......................................... 96  
5.15 Receive Interrupt Mask Set Register (RXINTMASKSET) ........................................................ 97  
5.16 Receive Interrupt Mask Clear Register (RXINTMASKCLEAR) .................................................. 98  
5.17 MAC Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register (MACINTSTATRAW) .............................................. 99  
5.18 MAC Interrupt Status (Masked) Register (MACINTSTATMASKED) ............................................ 99  
5.19 MAC Interrupt Mask Set Register (MACINTMASKSET) ........................................................ 100  
5.20 MAC Interrupt Mask Clear Register (MACINTMASKCLEAR) .................................................. 100  
5.21 Receive Multicast/Broadcast/Promiscuous Channel Enable Register (RXMBPENABLE) .................. 101  
5.22 Receive Unicast Enable Set Register (RXUNICASTSET) ...................................................... 104  
5.23 Receive Unicast Clear Register (RXUNICASTCLEAR) ......................................................... 105  
5.24 Receive Maximum Length Register (RXMAXLEN) .............................................................. 106  
5.25 Receive Buffer Offset Register (RXBUFFEROFFSET) ......................................................... 106  
5.26 Receive Filter Low Priority Frame Threshold Register (RXFILTERLOWTHRESH) ......................... 107  
5.27 Receive Channel 0-7 Flow Control Threshold Register (RXnFLOWTHRESH) .............................. 107  
5.28 Receive Channel 0-7 Free Buffer Count Register (RXnFREEBUFFER) ..................................... 108  
5.29 MAC Control Register (MACCONTROL) .......................................................................... 109  
5.30 MAC Status Register (MACSTATUS) ............................................................................. 111  
5.31 Emulation Control Register (EMCONTROL) ...................................................................... 113  
5.32 FIFO Control Register (FIFOCONTROL) ......................................................................... 113  
5.33 MAC Configuration Register (MACCONFIG) ..................................................................... 114  
5.34 Soft Reset Register (SOFTRESET) ................................................................................ 114  
4
Contents  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
www.ti.com  
5.35 MAC Source Address Low Bytes Register (MACSRCADDRLO) .............................................. 115  
5.36 MAC Source Address High Bytes Register (MACSRCADDRHI) .............................................. 115  
5.37 MAC Hash Address Register 1 (MACHASH1) ................................................................... 116  
5.38 MAC Hash Address Register 2 (MACHASH2) ................................................................... 116  
5.39 Back Off Test Register (BOFFTEST) .............................................................................. 117  
5.40 Transmit Pacing Algorithm Test Register (TPACETEST) ....................................................... 117  
5.41 Receive Pause Timer Register (RXPAUSE) ...................................................................... 118  
5.42 Transmit Pause Timer Register (TXPAUSE) ..................................................................... 118  
5.43 MAC Address Low Bytes Register (MACADDRLO) ............................................................. 119  
5.44 MAC Address High Bytes Register (MACADDRHI) ............................................................. 120  
5.45 MAC Index Register (MACINDEX) ................................................................................. 120  
5.46 Transmit Channel 0-7 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register (TXnHDP) ................................... 121  
5.47 Receive Channel 0-7 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register (RXnHDP) .................................... 121  
5.48 Transmit Channel 0-7 Completion Pointer Register (TXnCP) .................................................. 122  
5.49 Receive Channel 0-7 Completion Pointer Register (RXnCP) .................................................. 122  
5.50 Network Statistics Registers ........................................................................................ 123  
Appendix A Glossary ............................................................................................................... 131  
Appendix B Revision History ..................................................................................................... 133  
5
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Contents  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
www.ti.com  
List of Figures  
1
EMAC and MDIO Block Diagram........................................................................................ 14  
Ethernet Configuration MII Connections................................................................................ 16  
Ethernet Frame Format................................................................................................... 18  
Basic Descriptor Format.................................................................................................. 19  
Typical Descriptor Linked List............................................................................................ 20  
Transmit Buffer Descriptor Format ...................................................................................... 23  
Receive Buffer Descriptor Format....................................................................................... 26  
EMAC Control Module Block Diagram.................................................................................. 30  
MDIO Module Block Diagram............................................................................................ 33  
EMAC Module Block Diagram ........................................................................................... 37  
EMAC Control Module Interrupt Logic Diagram....................................................................... 55  
EMAC Control Module Identification and Version Register (CMIDVER)........................................... 60  
EMAC Control Module Software Reset Register (CMSOFTRESET)............................................... 61  
EMAC Control Module Emulation Control Register (CMEMCONTROL)........................................... 61  
EMAC Control Module Interrupt Control Register (CMINTCTRL)................................................... 62  
EMAC Control Module Receive Threshold Interrupt Enable Register (CMRXTHRESHINTEN) ................ 63  
EMAC Control Module Receive Interrupt Enable Register (CMRXINTEN)........................................ 63  
EMAC Control Module Transmit Interrupt Enable Register (CMTXINTEN) ....................................... 64  
EMAC Control Module Miscellaneous Interrupt Enable Register (CMMISCINTEN).............................. 65  
EMAC Control Module Receive Threshold Interrupt Status Register (CMRXTHRESHINTSTAT).............. 66  
EMAC Control Module Receive Interrupt Status Register (CMRXINTSTAT) ..................................... 66  
EMAC Control Module Transmit Interrupt Status Register (CMTXINTSTAT) ..................................... 67  
EMAC Control Module Miscellaneous Interrupt Status Register (CMMISCINTSTAT) ........................... 68  
EMAC Control Module Receive Interrupts per Millisecond Register (CMRXINTMAX)........................... 69  
EMAC Control Module Transmit Interrupts per Millisecond Register (CMTXINTMAX) .......................... 69  
MDIO Version Register (VERSION) .................................................................................... 70  
MDIO Control Register (CONTROL).................................................................................... 71  
PHY Acknowledge Status Register (ALIVE) ........................................................................... 72  
PHY Link Status Register (LINK)........................................................................................ 72  
MDIO Link Status Change Interrupt (Unmasked) Register (LINKINTRAW) ....................................... 73  
MDIO Link Status Change Interrupt (Masked) Register (LINKINTMASKED) ..................................... 74  
MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt (Unmasked) Register (USERINTRAW).............................. 75  
MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt (Masked) Register (USERINTMASKED) ............................ 76  
MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt Mask Set Register (USERINTMASKSET)........................... 77  
MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt Mask Clear Register (USERINTMASKCLEAR) .................... 78  
MDIO User Access Register 0 (USERACCESS0) .................................................................... 79  
MDIO User PHY Select Register 0 (USERPHYSEL0) ............................................................... 80  
MDIO User Access Register 1 (USERACCESS1) .................................................................... 81  
MDIO User PHY Select Register 1 (USERPHYSEL1) ............................................................... 82  
Transmit Identification and Version Register (TXIDVER) ............................................................ 86  
Transmit Control Register (TXCONTROL)............................................................................. 86  
Transmit Teardown Register (TXTEARDOWN) ....................................................................... 87  
Receive Identification and Version Register (RXIDVER)............................................................. 88  
Receive Control Register (RXCONTROL) ............................................................................. 89  
Receive Teardown Register (RXTEARDOWN) ....................................................................... 89  
Transmit Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register (TXINTSTATRAW) ............................................... 90  
Transmit Interrupt Status (Masked) Register (TXINTSTATMASKED).............................................. 91  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
6
List of Figures  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
www.ti.com  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
70  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
88  
89  
Transmit Interrupt Mask Set Register (TXINTMASKSET) ........................................................... 92  
Transmit Interrupt Mask Clear Register (TXINTMASKCLEAR) ..................................................... 93  
MAC Input Vector Register (MACINVECTOR) ........................................................................ 94  
MAC End Of Interrupt Vector Register (MACEOIVECTOR)......................................................... 94  
Receive Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register (RXINTSTATRAW)................................................ 95  
Receive Interrupt Status (Masked) Register (RXINTSTATMASKED) .............................................. 96  
Receive Interrupt Mask Set Register (RXINTMASKSET)............................................................ 97  
Receive Interrupt Mask Clear Register (RXINTMASKCLEAR)...................................................... 98  
MAC Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register (MACINTSTATRAW) ................................................. 99  
MAC Interrupt Status (Masked) Register (MACINTSTATMASKED)................................................ 99  
MAC Interrupt Mask Set Register (MACINTMASKSET)............................................................ 100  
MAC Interrupt Mask Clear Register (MACINTMASKCLEAR)...................................................... 100  
Receive Multicast/Broadcast/Promiscuous Channel Enable Register (RXMBPENABLE) ..................... 101  
Receive Unicast Enable Set Register (RXUNICASTSET).......................................................... 104  
Receive Unicast Clear Register (RXUNICASTCLEAR)............................................................. 105  
Receive Maximum Length Register (RXMAXLEN).................................................................. 106  
Receive Buffer Offset Register (RXBUFFEROFFSET) ............................................................. 106  
Receive Filter Low Priority Frame Threshold Register (RXFILTERLOWTHRESH)............................. 107  
Receive Channel n Flow Control Threshold Register (RXnFLOWTHRESH) .................................... 107  
Receive Channel n Free Buffer Count Register (RXnFREEBUFFER) ........................................... 108  
MAC Control Register (MACCONTROL) ............................................................................. 109  
MAC Status Register (MACSTATUS)................................................................................. 111  
Emulation Control Register (EMCONTROL) ......................................................................... 113  
FIFO Control Register (FIFOCONTROL) ............................................................................. 113  
MAC Configuration Register (MACCONFIG)......................................................................... 114  
Soft Reset Register (SOFTRESET) ................................................................................... 114  
MAC Source Address Low Bytes Register (MACSRCADDRLO).................................................. 115  
MAC Source Address High Bytes Register (MACSRCADDRHI) .................................................. 115  
MAC Hash Address Register 1 (MACHASH1)....................................................................... 116  
MAC Hash Address Register 2 (MACHASH2)....................................................................... 116  
Back Off Random Number Generator Test Register (BOFFTEST) ............................................... 117  
Transmit Pacing Algorithm Test Register (TPACETEST) .......................................................... 117  
Receive Pause Timer Register (RXPAUSE) ......................................................................... 118  
Transmit Pause Timer Register (TXPAUSE)......................................................................... 118  
MAC Address Low Bytes Register (MACADDRLO)................................................................. 119  
MAC Address High Bytes Register (MACADDRHI) ................................................................. 120  
MAC Index Register (MACINDEX) .................................................................................... 120  
Transmit Channel n DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register (TXnHDP) ......................................... 121  
Receive Channel n DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register (RXnHDP).......................................... 121  
Transmit Channel n Completion Pointer Register (TXnCP)........................................................ 122  
Receive Channel n Completion Pointer Register (RXnCP) ........................................................ 122  
Statistics Register........................................................................................................ 123  
7
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
List of Figures  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
www.ti.com  
List of Tables  
1
EMAC and MDIO Signals for MII Interface............................................................................. 17  
Ethernet Frame Description.............................................................................................. 18  
Basic Descriptor Description ............................................................................................. 20  
Receive Frame Treatment Summary ................................................................................... 47  
Middle of Frame Overrun Treatment.................................................................................... 48  
Emulation Control ......................................................................................................... 59  
EMAC Control Module Registers........................................................................................ 60  
EMAC Control Module Identification and Version Register (CMIDVER) Field Descriptions..................... 60  
EMAC Control Module Software Reset Register (CMSOFTRESET) Field Descriptions......................... 61  
EMAC Control Module Emulation Control Register (CMEMCONTROL) Field Descriptions .................... 61  
EMAC Control Module Interrupt Control Register (CMINTCTRL) Field Descriptions ............................ 62  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
EMAC Control Module Receive Threshold Interrupt Enable Register (CMRXTHRESHINTEN) Field  
Descriptions ................................................................................................................ 63  
13  
14  
15  
16  
EMAC Control Module Receive Interrupt Enable Register (CMRXINTEN) Field Descriptions.................. 63  
EMAC Control Module Transmit Interrupt Enable Register (CMTXINTEN) Field Descriptions ................. 64  
EMAC Control Module Miscellaneous Interrupt Enable Register (CMMISCINTEN) Field Descriptions ....... 65  
EMAC Control Module Receive Threshold Interrupt Status Register (CMRXTHRESHINTSTAT) Field  
Descriptions ................................................................................................................ 66  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
EMAC Control Module Receive Interrupt Status Register (CMRXINTSTAT) Field Descriptions ............... 66  
EMAC Control Module Transmit Interrupt Status Register (CMTXINTSTAT) Field Descriptions............... 67  
EMAC Control Module Miscellaneous Interrupt Status Register (CMMISCINTSTAT) Field Descriptions..... 68  
EMAC Control Module Receive Interrupts per Millisecond Register (CMRXINTMAX) Field Descriptions .... 69  
EMAC Control Module Transmit Interrupts per Millisecond Register (CMTXINTMAX) Field Descriptions .... 69  
Management Data Input/Output (MDIO) Registers ................................................................... 70  
MDIO Version Register (VERSION) Field Descriptions .............................................................. 70  
MDIO Control Register (CONTROL) Field Descriptions ............................................................. 71  
PHY Acknowledge Status Register (ALIVE) Field Descriptions..................................................... 72  
PHY Link Status Register (LINK) Field Descriptions ................................................................. 72  
MDIO Link Status Change Interrupt (Unmasked) Register (LINKINTRAW) Field Descriptions................. 73  
MDIO Link Status Change Interrupt (Masked) Register (LINKINTMASKED) Field Descriptions ............... 74  
MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt (Unmasked) Register (USERINTRAW) Field Descriptions........ 75  
MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt (Masked) Register (USERINTMASKED) Field Descriptions...... 76  
MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt Mask Set Register (USERINTMASKSET) Field Descriptions .... 77  
MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt Mask Clear Register (USERINTMASKCLEAR) Field  
Descriptions ................................................................................................................ 78  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
MDIO User Access Register 0 (USERACCESS0) Field Descriptions.............................................. 79  
MDIO User PHY Select Register 0 (USERPHYSEL0) Field Descriptions ......................................... 80  
MDIO User Access Register 1 (USERACCESS1) Field Descriptions.............................................. 81  
MDIO User PHY Select Register 1 (USERPHYSEL1) Field Descriptions ......................................... 82  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers ................................................................ 83  
Transmit Identification and Version Register (TXIDVER) Field Descriptions...................................... 86  
Transmit Control Register (TXCONTROL) Field Descriptions....................................................... 86  
Transmit Teardown Register (TXTEARDOWN) Field Descriptions................................................. 87  
Receive Identification and Version Register (RXIDVER) Field Descriptions ...................................... 88  
Receive Control Register (RXCONTROL) Field Descriptions ....................................................... 89  
Receive Teardown Register (RXTEARDOWN) Field Descriptions ................................................. 89  
Transmit Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register (TXINTSTATRAW) Field Descriptions......................... 90  
Transmit Interrupt Status (Masked) Register (TXINTSTATMASKED) Field Descriptions ....................... 91  
8
List of Tables  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
www.ti.com  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
Transmit Interrupt Mask Set Register (TXINTMASKSET) Field Descriptions ..................................... 92  
Transmit Interrupt Mask Clear Register (TXINTMASKCLEAR) Field Descriptions............................... 93  
MAC Input Vector Register (MACINVECTOR) Field Descriptions.................................................. 94  
MAC End Of Interrupt Vector Register (MACEOIVECTOR) Field Descriptions................................... 94  
Receive Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register (RXINTSTATRAW) Field Descriptions ......................... 95  
Receive Interrupt Status (Masked) Register (RXINTSTATMASKED) Field Descriptions........................ 96  
Receive Interrupt Mask Set Register (RXINTMASKSET) Field Descriptions ..................................... 97  
Receive Interrupt Mask Clear Register (RXINTMASKCLEAR) Field Descriptions ............................... 98  
MAC Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register (MACINTSTATRAW) Field Descriptions........................... 99  
MAC Interrupt Status (Masked) Register (MACINTSTATMASKED) Field Descriptions ......................... 99  
MAC Interrupt Mask Set Register (MACINTMASKSET) Field Descriptions ..................................... 100  
MAC Interrupt Mask Clear Register (MACINTMASKCLEAR) Field Descriptions ............................... 100  
Receive Multicast/Broadcast/Promiscuous Channel Enable Register (RXMBPENABLE) Field  
Descriptions............................................................................................................... 101  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
70  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
88  
Receive Unicast Enable Set Register (RXUNICASTSET) Field Descriptions ................................... 104  
Receive Unicast Clear Register (RXUNICASTCLEAR) Field Descriptions ...................................... 105  
Receive Maximum Length Register (RXMAXLEN) Field Descriptions............................................ 106  
Receive Buffer Offset Register (RXBUFFEROFFSET) Field Descriptions....................................... 106  
Receive Filter Low Priority Frame Threshold Register (RXFILTERLOWTHRESH) Field Descriptions ...... 107  
Receive Channel n Flow Control Threshold Register (RXnFLOWTHRESH) Field Descriptions.............. 107  
Receive Channel n Free Buffer Count Register (RXnFREEBUFFER) Field Descriptions ..................... 108  
MAC Control Register (MACCONTROL) Field Descriptions ....................................................... 109  
MAC Status Register (MACSTATUS) Field Descriptions........................................................... 111  
Emulation Control Register (EMCONTROL) Field Descriptions ................................................... 113  
FIFO Control Register (FIFOCONTROL) Field Descriptions....................................................... 113  
MAC Configuration Register (MACCONFIG) Field Descriptions .................................................. 114  
Soft Reset Register (SOFTRESET) Field Descriptions............................................................. 114  
MAC Source Address Low Bytes Register (MACSRCADDRLO) Field Descriptions ........................... 115  
MAC Source Address High Bytes Register (MACSRCADDRHI) Field Descriptions............................ 115  
MAC Hash Address Register 1 (MACHASH1) Field Descriptions................................................. 116  
MAC Hash Address Register 2 (MACHASH2) Field Descriptions................................................. 116  
Back Off Test Register (BOFFTEST) Field Descriptions ........................................................... 117  
Transmit Pacing Algorithm Test Register (TPACETEST) Field Descriptions .................................... 117  
Receive Pause Timer Register (RXPAUSE) Field Descriptions................................................... 118  
Transmit Pause Timer Register (TXPAUSE) Field Descriptions .................................................. 118  
MAC Address Low Bytes Register (MACADDRLO) Field Descriptions .......................................... 119  
MAC Address High Bytes Register (MACADDRHI) Field Descriptions........................................... 120  
MAC Index Register (MACINDEX) Field Descriptions .............................................................. 120  
Transmit Channel n DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register (TXnHDP) Field Descriptions................... 121  
Receive Channel n DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register (RXnHDP) Field Descriptions ................... 121  
Transmit Channel n Completion Pointer Register (TXnCP) Field Descriptions.................................. 122  
Receive Channel n Completion Pointer Register (RXnCP) Field Descriptions .................................. 122  
Physical Layer Definitions .............................................................................................. 132  
Document Revision History............................................................................................. 133  
9
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
List of Tables  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Preface  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Read This First  
About This Manual  
This document provides a functional description of the Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) and  
physical layer (PHY) device Management Data Input/Output (MDIO) module integrated in the  
TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC). Included are the features of the EMAC and  
MDIO modules, a discussion of their architecture and operation, how these modules connect to the  
outside world, and the registers description for each module.  
Notational Conventions  
This document uses the following conventions.  
Hexadecimal numbers are shown with the suffix h. For example, the following number is 40  
hexadecimal (decimal 64): 40h.  
Registers in this document are shown in figures and described in tables.  
Each register figure shows a rectangle divided into fields that represent the fields of the register.  
Each field is labeled with its bit name, its beginning and ending bit numbers above, and its  
read/write properties below. A legend explains the notation used for the properties.  
Reserved bits in a register figure designate a bit that is used for future device expansion.  
Related Documentation From Texas Instruments  
The following documents describe the TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC). Copies of  
these documents are available on the internet at www.ti.com.  
SPRUFG5 TMS320DM365 Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) ARM Subsystem Reference  
Guide This document describes the ARM Subsystem in the TMS320DM36x Digital Media  
System-on-Chip (DMSoC). The ARM subsystem is designed to give the ARM926EJ-S (ARM9)  
master control of the device. In general, the ARM is responsible for configuration and control of the  
device; including the components of the ARM Subsystem, the peripherals, and the external  
memories.  
SPRUFG8 TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) Video Processing Front End  
(VPFE) Users Guide This document describes the Video Processing Front End (VPFE) in the  
TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC).  
SPRUFG9 TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) Video Processing Back End  
(VPBE) Users Guide This document describes the Video Processing Back End (VPBE) in the  
TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC).  
SPRUFH0 TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) 64-bit Timer Users Guide This  
document describes the operation of the software-programmable 64-bit timers in the  
TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC).  
SPRUFH1 TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) Serial Peripheral Interface  
(SPI) Users Guide This document describes the serial peripheral interface (SPI) in the  
TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC). The SPI is a high-speed synchronous  
serial input/output port that allows a serial bit stream of programmed length (1 to 16 bits) to be  
shifted into and out of the device at a programmed bit-transfer rate. The SPI is normally used for  
communication between the DMSoC and external peripherals. Typical applications include an  
interface to external I/O or peripheral expansion via devices such as shift registers, display drivers,  
SPI EPROMs and analog-to-digital converters.  
10  
Preface  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
www.ti.com  
Related Documentation From Texas Instruments  
SPRUFH2 TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) Universal Asynchronous  
Receiver/Transmitter (UART) Users Guide This document describes the universal asynchronous  
receiver/transmitter (UART) peripheral in the TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip  
(DMSoC). The UART peripheral performs serial-to-parallel conversion on data received from a  
peripheral device, and parallel-to-serial conversion on data received from the CPU.  
SPRUFH3 TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C)  
Peripheral Users Guide This document describes the inter-integrated circuit (I2C) peripheral in the  
TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC). The I2C peripheral provides an interface  
between the DMSoC and other devices compliant with the I2C-bus specification and connected by  
way of an I2C-bus.  
SPRUFH5 TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) Multimedia Card  
(MMC)/Secure Digital (SD) Card Controller Users Guide This document describes the  
multimedia card (MMC)/secure digital (SD) card controller in the TMS320DM36x Digital Media  
System-on-Chip (DMSoC).  
SPRUFH6 TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) Pulse-Width Modulator (PWM)  
Users Guide This document describes the pulse-width modulator (PWM) peripheral in the  
TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC).  
SPRUFH7 TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) Real-Time Out (RTO)  
Controller Users Guide This document describes the Real Time Out (RTO) controller in the  
TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC).  
SPRUFH8 TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) General-Purpose Input/Output  
(GPIO) Users Guide This document describes the general-purpose input/output (GPIO) peripheral  
in the TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC). The GPIO peripheral provides  
dedicated general-purpose pins that can be configured as either inputs or outputs.  
SPRUFH9 TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) Universal Serial Bus (USB)  
Controller Users Guide This document describes the universal serial bus (USB) controller in the  
TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC). The USB controller supports data  
throughput rates up to 480 Mbps. It provides a mechanism for data transfer between USB devices  
and also supports host negotiation.  
SPRUFI0 TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) Enhanced Direct Memory  
Access (EDMA) Controller Users Guide This document describes the operation of the enhanced  
direct memory access (EDMA3) controller in the TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip  
(DMSoC). The EDMA controller's primary purpose is to service user-programmed data transfers  
between two memory-mapped slave endpoints on the DMSoC.  
SPRUFI1 TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) Asynchronous External  
Memory Interface (EMIF) Users Guide This document describes the asynchronous external  
memory interface (EMIF) in the TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC). The EMIF  
supports a glueless interface to a variety of external devices.  
SPRUFI2 TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) DDR2/Mobile DDR  
(DDR2/mDDR) Memory Controller Users Guide This document describes the DDR2/mDDR  
memory controller in the TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC). The  
DDR2/mDDR memory controller is used to interface with JESD79D-2A standard compliant DDR2  
SDRAM and mobile DDR devices.  
SPRUFI3 TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) Multibuffered Serial Port  
Interface (McBSP) User's Guide This document describes the operation of the multibuffered serial  
host port interface in the TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC). The primary  
audio modes that are supported by the McBSP are the AC97 and IIS modes. In addition to the  
primary audio modes, the McBSP supports general serial port receive and transmit operation.  
SPRUFI4 TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) Universal Host Port Interface  
(UHPI) User's Guide This document describes the operation of the universal host port interface in  
the TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC).  
11  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Read This First  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Related Documentation From Texas Instruments  
www.ti.com  
SPRUFI5 TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) Ethernet Media Access  
Controller (EMAC) User's Guide This document describes the operation of the ethernet media  
access controller interface in the TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC).  
SPRUFI7 TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) Analog to Digital Converter  
(ADC) User's Guide This document describes the operation of the analog to digital conversion in  
the TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC).  
SPRUFI8 TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) Key Scan User's Guide This  
document describes the key scan peripheral in the TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip  
(DMSoC).  
SPRUFI9 TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) Voice Codec User's Guide This  
document describes the voice codec peripheral in the TMS320DM36x Digital Media  
System-on-Chip (DMSoC). This module can access ADC/DAC data with internal FIFO (Read  
FIFO/Write FIFO). The CPU communicates to the voice codec module using 32-bit-wide control  
registers accessible via the internal peripheral bus.  
SPRUFJ0 TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) Power Management and  
Real-Time Clock Subsystem (PRTCSS) User's Guide This document provides a functional  
description of the Power Management and Real-Time Clock Subsystem (PRTCSS) in the  
TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) and PRTC interface (PRTCIF).  
SPRUGG8 TMS320DM36x Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) Face Detection User's GuideThis  
document describes the face detection capabilities for the TMS320DM36x Digital Media  
System-on-Chip (DMSoC).  
12  
Read This First  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User's Guide  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management  
Data Input/Output (MDIO)  
1
Introduction  
This document provides a functional description of the Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) and  
physical layer (PHY) device Management Data Input/Output (MDIO) module integrated in the device.  
Included are the features of the EMAC and MDIO modules, a discussion of their architecture and  
operation, how these modules connect to the outside world, and a description of the registers for each  
module.  
The EMAC controls the flow of packet data from the system to the PHY. The MDIO module controls PHY  
configuration and status monitoring.  
Both the EMAC and the MDIO modules interface to the system core through a custom interface that  
allows efficient data transmission and reception. This custom interface is referred to as the EMAC control  
module and is considered integral to the EMAC/MDIO peripheral.  
1.1 Purpose of the Peripheral  
The EMAC module is used to move data between theDM36x DMSoC and another host connected to the  
same network, in compliance with the Ethernet protocol. The EMAC is controlled by the ARM CPU of the  
device; control by the DSP CPU is not supported.  
1.2 Features  
The EMAC/MDIO has the following features:  
Synchronous 10/100 Mbps operation  
MII interface to the physical layer device (PHY)  
EMAC acts as DMA master to either internal or external device memory space  
Hardware error handling including CRC  
Eight receive channels with VLAN tag discrimination for receive quality-of-service (QOS) support  
Eight transmit channels with round-robin or fixed priority for transmit quality-of-service (QOS) support  
Ether-Stats and 802.3-Stats RMON statistics gathering  
Transmit CRC generation selectable on a per channel basis  
Broadcast frames selection for reception on a single channel  
Multicast frames selection for reception on a single channel  
Promiscuous receive mode frames selection for reception on a single channel (all frames, all good  
frames, short frames, error frames)  
Hardware flow control  
8K-byte local EMAC descriptor memory that allows the peripheral to operate on descriptors without  
affecting the CPU. The descriptor memory holds enough information to transfer up to 512 Ethernet  
packets without CPU intervention.  
Programmable interrupt logic permits the software driver to restrict the generation of back-to-back  
interrupts, which allows more work to be performed in a single call to the interrupt service routine.  
TI Adaptive Performance Optimization for improved half duplex performance  
Configurable receive address matching/filtering, receive FIFO depth, and transmit FIFO depth  
No-chain mode truncates frame to first buffer for network analysis applications  
13  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Introduction  
www.ti.com  
Emulation support  
Loopback mode  
1.3 Functional Block Diagram  
Figure 1 shows the three main functional modules of the EMAC/MDIO peripheral:  
EMAC control module  
EMAC module  
MDIO module  
The EMAC control module is the main interface between the device core processor and the EMAC  
module and MDIO module. The EMAC control module contains the necessary components to allow the  
EMAC to make efficient use of device memory, plus it controls device interrupts. The EMAC control  
module incorporates 8K-byte internal RAM to hold EMAC buffer descriptors.  
The MDIO module implements the 802.3 serial management interface to interrogate and control up to 32  
Ethernet PHYs connected to the device, using a shared two-wire bus. Host software uses the MDIO  
module to configure the autonegotiation parameters of each PHY attached to the EMAC, retrieve the  
negotiation results, and configure required parameters in the EMAC module for correct operation. The  
module is designed to allow almost transparent operation of the MDIO interface, with very little  
maintenance from the core processor.  
The EMAC module provides an efficient interface between the processor and the networked community.  
The EMAC on this device supports 10 Mbits/second and 100 Mbits/second in either half-duplex or  
full-duplex mode, with hardware flow control and quality-of-service (QOS) support.  
Figure 1. EMAC and MDIO Block Diagram  
Configuration bus  
ARM interrupt  
controller  
DMA memory  
transfer controller  
4
Peripheral bus  
EMAC control module  
EMAC/MDIO  
interrupts  
EMAC module  
MDIO module  
MII bus  
MDIO bus  
Figure 1 also shows the main interface between the EMAC control module and the CPU. The following  
connections are made to the device core:  
The peripheral bus connection from the EMAC control module allows the EMAC module to read and  
write both internal and external memory through the DMA memory transfer controller.  
The EMAC control module, EMAC, and MDIO all have control registers. These registers are  
memory-mapped into device memory space via the device configuration bus. Along with these  
registers, the control module’s internal RAM is mapped into this same range.  
The EMAC and MDIO interrupts are combined into a single interrupt within the control module. The  
interrupt from the control module then goes to the ARM interrupt controller.  
14  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
www.ti.com  
Architecture  
The EMAC and MDIO interrupts are combined within the control module, so only the control module  
interrupt needs to be monitored by the application software or device driver. The EMAC control module  
combines the EMAC and MDIO interrupts and generates 4 separate interrupts to the ARM through the  
ARM interrupt controller. See Section 2.17.4 for details of interrupt multiplex logic of the EMAC control  
module.  
1.4 Industry Standard(s) Compliance Statement  
The EMAC peripheral conforms to the IEEE 802.3 standard, describing the Carrier Sense Multiple Access  
with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer specifications. The IEEE 802.3  
standard has also been adopted by ISO/IEC and re-designated as ISO/IEC 8802-3:2000(E).  
In difference from this standard, the EMAC peripheral does not use the Transmit Coding Error signal  
MTXER. Instead of driving the error pin when an underflow condition occurs on a transmitted frame, the  
EMAC intentionally generates an incorrect checksum by inverting the frame CRC, so that the transmitted  
frame is detected as an error by the network.  
2
Architecture  
This section discusses the architecture and basic function of the EMAC/MDIO module.  
2.1 Clock Control  
The frequencies for the transmit and receive clocks are fixed by the IEEE 802.3 specification as:  
2.5 MHz at 10 Mbps  
25 MHz at 100 Mbps  
All EMAC logic is clocked synchronously with the PLL peripheral clock. The MDIO clock can be controlled  
through the application software, by programming the divide-down factor in the MDIO control register  
(CONTROL).  
2.1.1  
MII Clocking  
The transmit and receive clock sources are provided from an external PHY via the EMAC_TX_CLK and  
EMAC_RX_CLK pins. These clocks are inputs to the EMAC module and operate at 2.5 MHz in 10 Mbps  
mode and at 25 MHz in 100 Mbps mode. For timing purposes, data is transmitted and received with  
reference to EMAC_TX_CLK and EMAC_RX_CLK, respectively.  
15  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Architecture  
www.ti.com  
2.2 Memory Map  
The EMAC peripheral includes internal memory that is used to hold information about the Ethernet  
packets received and transmitted. This internal RAM is 2K × 32 bits in size. Data can be written to and  
read from the EMAC internal memory by either the EMAC or the CPU. It is used to store buffer descriptors  
that are 4-words (16-bytes) deep. This 8K local memory holds enough information to transfer up to 512  
Ethernet packets without CPU intervention.  
The packet buffer descriptors can also be placed in the internal processor memory (L2), or in EMIF  
memory (DDR). There are some tradeoffs in terms of cache performance and throughput when  
descriptors are placed in the system memory, versus when they are placed in the EMAC’s internal  
memory. Cache performance is improved when the buffer descriptors are placed in internal memory.  
However, the EMAC throughput is better when the descriptors are placed in the local EMAC RAM.  
2.3 Signal Descriptions  
The DM36x DMSoC supports the MII interface (for 10/100 Mbps) operation.  
2.3.1  
Media Independent Interface (MII) Connections  
Figure 2 shows a device with integrated EMAC and MDIO interfaced via a MII connection. The EMAC  
module does not include a transmit error (MTXER) pin. In the case of transmit error, CRC inversion is  
used to negate the validity of the transmitted frame.  
The individual EMAC and MDIO signals for the MII interface are summarized in Table 1. For more  
information, refer to either the IEEE 802.3 standard or ISO/IEC 8802-3:2000(E).  
Figure 2. Ethernet Configuration MII Connections  
EMAC_TX_CLK  
EMAC_TXD(3-0)  
EMAC_TX_EN  
2.5 MHz,  
25 MHz  
EMAC_COL  
EMAC__CRS  
Physical  
layer  
device  
(PHY)  
System  
core  
EMAC_RX_CLK  
EMAC_RXD(3-0)  
Transformer  
RJ-45  
EMAC_RX_DV  
MRXER  
MDCLK  
MDIO  
16  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
www.ti.com  
Architecture  
Table 1. EMAC and MDIO Signals for MII Interface  
Signal  
Type  
Description  
EMAC_TX_CLK  
I
Transmit clock (EMAC_TX_CLK). The transmit clock is a continuous clock that provides the timing  
reference for transmit operations. The EMAC_TXD and EMAC_TX_EN signals are tied to this clock.  
The clock is generated by the PHY and is 2.5 MHz at 10 Mbps operation and 25 MHz at 100 Mbps  
operation.  
EMAC_TXD[3-0]  
O
Transmit data (EMAC_TXD). The transmit data pins are a collection of 4 data signals comprising  
4 bits of data. MTDX0 is the least-significant bit (LSB). The signals are synchronized by  
EMAC_TX_CLK and valid only when EMAC_TX_EN is asserted.  
EMAC_TX_EN  
EMAC_COL  
O
I
Transmit enable (EMAC_TX_EN). The transmit enable signal indicates that the EMAC_TXD pins are  
generating nibble data for use by the PHY. It is driven synchronously to EMAC_TX_CLK.  
Collision detected (EMAC_COL). The EMAC_COL pin is asserted by the PHY when it detects a  
collision on the network. It remains asserted while the collision condition persists. This signal is not  
necessarily synchronous to EMAC_TX_CLK nor EMAC_RX_CLK. This pin is used in half-duplex  
operation only.  
EMAC_CRS  
I
I
I
Carrier sense (EMAC_CRS). The EMAC_CRS pin is asserted by the PHY when the network is not  
idle in either transmit or receive. The pin is deasserted when both transmit and receive are idle. This  
signal is not necessarily synchronous to EMAC_TX_CLK nor EMAC_RX_CLK. This pin is used in  
half-duplex operation only.  
EMAC_RX_CLK  
EMAC_RXD[3-0]  
Receive clock (EMAC_RX_CLK). The receive clock is a continuous clock that provides the timing  
reference for receive operations. The EMAC_RXD, EMAC_RX_DV, and MRXER signals are tied to  
this clock. The clock is generated by the PHY and is 2.5 MHz at 10 Mbps operation and 25 MHz at  
100 Mbps operation.  
Receive data (EMAC_RXD). The receive data pins are a collection of 4 data signals comprising  
4 bits of data. MRDX0 is the least-significant bit (LSB). The signals are synchronized by  
EMAC_RX_CLK and valid only when EMAC_RX_DV is asserted.  
EMAC_RX_DV  
MRXER  
I
I
Receive data valid (EMAC_RX_DV). The receive data valid signal indicates that the EMAC_RXD  
pins are generating nibble data for use by the EMAC. It is driven synchronously to EMAC_RX_CLK.  
Receive error (MRXER). The receive error signal is asserted for one or more EMAC_RX_CLK  
periods to indicate that an error was detected in the received frame. This is meaningful only during  
data reception when EMAC_RX_DV is active.  
MDCLK  
MDIO  
O
Management data clock (MDCLK). The MDIO data clock is sourced by the MDIO module on the  
system. It is used to synchronize MDIO data access operations done on the MDIO pin. The  
frequency of this clock is controlled by the CLKDIV bits in the MDIO control register (CONTROL).  
I/O  
Management data input output (MDIO). The MDIO pin drives PHY management data into and out of  
the PHY by way of an access frame consisting of start of frame, read/write indication, PHY address,  
register address, and data bit cycles. The MDIO pin acts as an output for all but the data bit cycles  
at which time it is an input for read operations.  
2.4 Pin Multiplexing  
On the DM36x processor, the EMAC pins are multiplexed with other pin functions. For these pins to be  
used as EMAC functions, the pin multiplexing registers must be configured appropriately. For specific  
information on pin multiplexing, refer to the device-specific data manual and the TMS320DM365 Digital  
Media System-on-Chip (DMSoiC) ARM Subsystem Users Guide (SPRUFG5).  
17  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Architecture  
www.ti.com  
2.5 Ethernet Protocol Overview  
Ethernet provides an unreliable, connection-less service to a networking application. A brief overview of  
the Ethernet protocol is given in the following subsections. For in-depth information on the Carrier Sense  
Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method, which is the Ethernet’s multiple  
access protocol, see the IEEE 802.3 standard document.  
2.5.1  
Ethernet Frame Format  
All the Ethernet technologies use the same frame structure. The format of an Ethernet frame is shown in  
Figure 3 and described in Table 2. The Ethernet packet, which is the collection of bytes representing the  
data portion of a single Ethernet frame on the wire, is shown outlined in bold. The Ethernet frames are of  
variable lengths, with no frame smaller than 64 bytes or larger than RXMAXLEN bytes (header, data, and  
CRC).  
Figure 3. Ethernet Frame Format  
Number of bytes  
7
1
6
6
2
46−1500  
Data  
4
Preamble  
SFD  
Destination  
Source  
Len  
FCS  
Legend: SFD=Start Frame Delimeter; FCS=Frame Check Sequence (CRC)  
Table 2. Ethernet Frame Description  
Field  
Bytes  
Description  
Preamble  
7
Preamble. These 7 bytes have a fixed value of 55h and serve to wake up the receiving  
EMAC ports and to synchronize their clocks to that of the sender’s clock.  
SFD  
1
6
Start of Frame Delimiter. This field with a value of 5Dh immediately follows the preamble  
pattern and indicates the start of important data.  
Destination  
Destination address. This field contains the Ethernet MAC address of the EMAC port for  
which the frame is intended. It may be an individual or multicast (including broadcast)  
address. When the destination EMAC port receives an Ethernet frame with a destination  
address that does not match any of its MAC physical addresses, and no promiscuous,  
multicast or broadcast channel is enabled, it discards the frame.  
Source  
Len  
6
2
Source address. This field contains the MAC address of the Ethernet port that transmits the  
frame to the Local Area Network.  
Length/Type field. The length field indicates the number of EMAC client data bytes  
contained in the subsequent data field of the frame. This field can also be used to identify  
the type of data the frame is carrying.  
Data  
46 to  
(RXMAXLEN - 18)  
Data field. This field carries the datagram containing the upper layer protocol frame, that is,  
IP layer datagram. The maximum transfer unit (MTU) of Ethernet is (RXMAXLEN - 18)  
bytes. This means that if the upper layer protocol datagram exceeds (RXMAXLEN - 18)  
bytes, then the host has to fragment the datagram and send it in multiple Ethernet packets.  
The minimum size of the data field is 46 bytes. This means that if the upper layer datagram  
is less then 46 bytes, the data field has to be extended to 46 bytes by appending extra bits  
after the data field, but prior to calculating and appending the FCS.  
FCS  
4
Frame Check Sequence. A cyclic redundancy check (CRC) is used by the transmit and  
receive algorithms to generate a CRC value for the FCS field. The frame check sequence  
covers the 60 to (RXMAXLEN - 4) bytes of the packet data. Note that this 4-byte field may  
or may not be included as part of the packet data, depending on how the EMAC is  
configured.  
18  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
www.ti.com  
Architecture  
2.5.2  
Ethernet’s Multiple Access Protocol  
Nodes in an Ethernet Local Area Network are interconnected by a broadcast channel, as a result, when  
an EMAC port transmits a frame, all the adapters on the local network receive the frame. Carrier Sense  
Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) algorithms are used when the EMAC operates in  
half-duplex mode. When operating in full-duplex mode, there is no contention for use of a shared medium,  
since there are exactly two ports on the local network.  
Each port runs the CSMA/CD protocol without explicit coordination with the other ports on the Ethernet  
network. Within a specific port, the CSMA/CD protocol works as follows:  
1. The port obtains data from upper layers protocols at its node, prepares an Ethernet frame, and puts  
the frame in a buffer.  
2. If the port senses that the medium is idle it starts to transmit the frame. If the port senses that the  
transmission medium is busy, it waits until it senses no signal energy (plus an Inter-Packet Gap time)  
and then starts to transmit the frame.  
3. While transmitting, the port monitors for the presence of signal energy coming from other ports. If the  
port transmits the entire frame without detecting signal energy from other Ethernet devices, the port is  
done with the frame.  
4. If the port detects signal energy from other ports while transmitting, it stops transmitting its frame and  
instead transmits a 48-bit jam signal.  
5. After transmitting the jam signal the port enters an exponential backoff phase. Specifically, when  
transmitting a given frame, after experiencing a number of collisions in a row for the frame, the port  
chooses a random value that is dependent on the number of collisions. The port then waits an amount  
of time that is multiple of this random value, and returns to step 2.  
2.6 Programming Interface  
2.6.1  
Packet Buffer Descriptors  
The buffer descriptor is a central part of the EMAC module and is how the application software describes  
Ethernet packets to be sent and empty buffers to be filled with incoming packet data. The basic descriptor  
format is shown in Figure 4 and described in Table 3.  
For example, consider three packets to be transmitted, Packet A is a single fragment (60 bytes), Packet B  
is fragmented over three buffers (1514 bytes total), and Packet C is a single fragment (1514 bytes). The  
linked list of descriptors to describe these three packets is shown in Figure 5.  
Figure 4. Basic Descriptor Format  
Bit Fields  
Word  
Offset  
31  
16 15  
0
0
1
2
3
Next Descriptor Pointer  
Buffer Pointer  
Buffer Offset  
Flags  
Buffer Length  
Packet Length  
19  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Architecture  
www.ti.com  
Table 3. Basic Descriptor Description  
Word Offset  
Field  
Field Description  
0
Next Descriptor The next descriptor pointer is used to create a single linked list of descriptors. Each descriptor  
Pointer  
describes a packet or a packet fragment. When a descriptor points to a single buffer packet  
or the first fragment of a packet, the start of packet (SOP) flag is set in the flags field. When a  
descriptor points to a single buffer packet or the last fragment of a packet, the end of packet  
(EOP) flag is set. When a packet is fragmented, each fragment must have its own descriptor  
and appear sequentially in the descriptor linked list.  
1
2
Buffer Pointer  
Buffer Offset  
The buffer pointer refers to the actual memory buffer that contains packet data during  
transmit operations, or is an empty buffer ready to receive packet data during receive  
operations.  
The buffer offset is the offset from the start of the packet buffer to the first byte of valid data.  
This field only has meaning when the buffer descriptor points to a buffer that actually contains  
data.  
Buffer Length  
Flags  
The buffer length is the actual number of valid packet data bytes stored in the buffer. If the  
buffer is empty and waiting to receive data, this field represents the size of the empty buffer.  
3
The flags field contains more information about the buffer, such as, is it the first fragment in a  
packet (SOP), the last fragment in a packet (EOP), or contains an entire contiguous Ethernet  
packet (both SOP and EOP). The flags are described in Section 2.6.4 and Section 2.6.5.  
Packet Length  
The packet length only has meaning for buffers that both contain data and are the start of a  
new packet (SOP). In the case of SOP descriptors, the packet length field contains the length  
of the entire Ethernet packet, regardless if it is contained in a single buffer or fragmented over  
several buffers.  
Figure 5. Typical Descriptor Linked List  
pNext  
pBuffer  
Packet A  
0
60  
60  
60 bytes  
SOP | EOP  
pNext  
Packet B  
Fragment 1  
512 bytes  
pBuffer  
0
512  
SOP  
1514  
pNext  
Packet B  
Fragment 2  
502 bytes  
pBuffer  
0
502  
−−−  
−−−  
pNext  
Packet B  
Fragment 3  
500 bytes  
pBuffer  
0
500  
−−−  
EOP  
pNext (NULL)  
pBuffer  
Packet C  
1514 bytes  
0
1514  
1514  
SOP | EOP  
20  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
www.ti.com  
Architecture  
2.6.2  
Transmit and Receive Descriptor Queues  
The EMAC module processes descriptors in linked list chains as discussed in Section 2.6.1. The lists  
controlled by the EMAC are maintained by the application software through the use of the head descriptor  
pointer registers (HDP). Since the EMAC supports eight channels for both transmit and receive, there are  
eight head descriptor pointer registers for both. They are:  
TXnHDP - Transmit Channel n DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register  
RXnHDP - Receive Channel n DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register  
After an EMAC reset and before enabling the EMAC for send or receive, all 16 head descriptor pointer  
registers must be initialized to 0.  
The EMAC uses a simple system to determine if a descriptor is currently owned by the EMAC or by the  
application software. There is a flag in the buffer descriptor flags called OWNER. When this flag is set, the  
packet that is referenced by the descriptor is considered to be owned by the EMAC. Note that ownership  
is done on a packet based granularity, not on descriptor granularity, so only SOP descriptors make use of  
the OWNER flag. As packets are processed, the EMAC patches the SOP descriptor of the corresponding  
packet and clears the OWNER flag. This is an indication that the EMAC has finished processing all  
descriptors up to and including the first with the EOP flag set, indicating the end of the packet (note this  
may only be one descriptor with both the SOP and EOP flags set).  
To add a descriptor or a linked list of descriptors to an EMAC descriptor queue for the first time, the  
software application simply writes the pointer to the descriptor or first descriptor of a list to the  
corresponding HDP register. Note that the last descriptor in the list must have its “next” pointer cleared to  
0. This is the only way the EMAC has of detecting the end of the list. So in the case where only a single  
descriptor is added, its “next descriptor” pointer must be initialized to 0.  
The HDP must never be written to a second time while a previous list is active. To add additional  
descriptors to a descriptor list already owned by the EMAC, the NULL “next” pointer of the last descriptor  
of the previous list is patched with a pointer to the first descriptor in the new list. The list of new  
descriptors to be appended to the existing list must itself be NULL terminated before the pointer patch is  
performed.  
There is a potential race condition where the EMAC may read the “next” pointer of a descriptor as NULL in  
the instant before an application appends additional descriptors to the list by patching the pointer. This  
case is handled by the software application always examining the buffer descriptor flags of all EOP  
packets, looking for a special flag called end of queue (EOQ). The EOQ flag is set by the EMAC on the  
last descriptor of a packet when the descriptor’s “next” pointer is NULL. This is the way the EMAC  
indicates to the software application that it believes it has reached the end of the list. When the software  
application sees the EOQ flag set, and there are more descriptors to process, the application may at that  
time submit the new list, or the portion of the appended list that was missed, by writing the new list pointer  
to the same HDP that started the process.  
This process applies when adding packets to a transmit list, and empty buffers to a receive list.  
21  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Architecture  
www.ti.com  
2.6.3  
Transmit and Receive EMAC Interrupts  
The EMAC processes descriptors in linked list chains as discussed in Section 2.6.1, using the linked list  
queue mechanism discussed in Section 2.6.2.  
The EMAC synchronizes descriptor list processing through the use of interrupts to the software  
application. The interrupts are controlled by the application using the interrupt masks, global interrupt  
enable, and the completion pointer register (CP). The CP is also called the interrupt acknowledge register.  
As the EMAC supports eight channels for both transmit and receive, there are eight completion pointer  
registers for both. They are:  
TXnCP - Transmit Channel n Completion Pointer (Interrupt Acknowledge) Register  
RXnCP - Receive Channel n Completion Pointer (Interrupt Acknowledge) Register  
These registers serve two purposes. When read, they return the pointer to the last descriptor that the  
EMAC has processed. When written by the software application, the value represents the last descriptor  
processed by the software application. When these two values do not match, the interrupt remains  
asserted, after the respective End of interrupt bit is signaled in the EMAC control module.  
The system configuration determines whether or not an active interrupt actually interrupts the CPU. In  
general, the individual interrupts for different events from the EMAC and MDIO must be enabled in the  
EMAC control module, and it also must be mapped in the ARM interrupt controller and enabled as a CPU  
interrupt. If the system is configured properly, the interrupt for a specific receive or transmit channel  
executes under the previously described conditions when the corresponding interrupt is enabled in the  
EMAC using the receive interrupt mask set register (RXINTMASKSET) or the transmit interrupt mask set  
register (TXINTMASKSET).  
Whether or not the interrupt is enabled, the current state of the receive or transmit channel interrupt can  
be examined directly by the software application reading the receive interrupt status (unmasked) register  
(RXINTSTATRAW) and transmit interrupt status (unmasked) register (TXINTSTATRAW).  
Interrupts are acknowledged when the application software updates the value of TXnCP or RXnCP with a  
value that matches the internal value kept by the EMAC. This mechanism ensures that the application  
software never misses an EMAC interrupt, since the interrupt and its acknowledgment are tied directly to  
the actual buffer descriptors processing.  
22  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
www.ti.com  
Architecture  
2.6.4  
Transmit Buffer Descriptor Format  
A transmit (TX) buffer descriptor (Figure 6) is a contiguous block of four 32-bit data words aligned on a  
32-bit boundary that describes a packet or a packet fragment. Example 1 shows the transmit buffer  
descriptor described by a C structure.  
Figure 6. Transmit Buffer Descriptor Format  
Word 0  
31  
0
0
0
Next Descriptor Pointer  
Word 1  
31  
Buffer Pointer  
16 15  
Word 2  
31  
Buffer Offset  
28  
Buffer Length  
Reserved  
Word 3  
31  
30  
29  
27  
26  
25  
16  
0
SOP  
EOP OWNER EOQ  
TDOWNCMPLT PASSCRC  
15  
Packet Length  
Example 1. Transmit Buffer Descriptor in C Structure Format  
/*  
// EMAC Descriptor  
//  
// The following is the format of a single buffer descriptor  
// on the EMAC.  
*/  
typedef struct _EMAC_Desc {  
struct _EMAC_Desc *pNext;  
/* Pointer to next descriptor in chain */  
Uint8  
*pBuffer;  
/* Pointer to data buffer  
*/  
*/  
*/  
Uint32  
BufOffLen; /* Buffer Offset(MSW) and Length(LSW)  
PktFlgLen; /* Packet Flags(MSW) and Length(LSW)  
Uint32  
} EMAC_Desc;  
/* Packet Flags  
*/  
#define EMAC_DSC_FLAG_SOP  
#define EMAC_DSC_FLAG_EOP  
#define EMAC_DSC_FLAG_OWNER  
#define EMAC_DSC_FLAG_EOQ  
#define EMAC_DSC_FLAG_TDOWNCMPLT  
#define EMAC_DSC_FLAG_PASSCRC  
0x80000000u  
0x40000000u  
0x20000000u  
0x10000000u  
0x08000000u  
0x04000000u  
23  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Architecture  
www.ti.com  
2.6.4.1  
Next Descriptor Pointer  
The next descriptor pointer points to the 32-bit word aligned memory address of the next buffer descriptor  
in the transmit queue. This pointer is used to create a linked list of buffer descriptors. If the value of this  
pointer is zero, then the current buffer is the last buffer in the queue. The software application must set  
this value prior to adding the descriptor to the active transmit list. This pointer is not altered by the EMAC.  
The value of pNext should never be altered once the descriptor is in an active transmit queue, unless its  
current value is NULL. If the pNext pointer is initially NULL, and more packets need to be queued for  
transmit, the software application may alter this pointer to point to a newly appended descriptor. The  
EMAC will use the new pointer value and proceed to the next descriptor unless the pNext value has  
already been read. In this latter case, the transmitter will halt on the transmit channel in question, and the  
software application may restart it at that time. The software can detect this case by checking for an end  
of queue (EOQ) condition flag on the updated packet descriptor when it is returned by the EMAC.  
2.6.4.2  
Buffer Pointer  
The buffer pointer is the byte-aligned memory address of the memory buffer associated with the buffer  
descriptor. The software application must set this value prior to adding the descriptor to the active transmit  
list. This pointer is not altered by the EMAC.  
2.6.4.3  
Buffer Offset  
This 16-bit field indicates how many unused bytes are at the start of the buffer. For example, a value of  
0000h indicates that no unused bytes are at the start of the buffer and that valid data begins on the first  
byte of the buffer, while a value of 000Fh indicates that the first 15 bytes of the buffer are to be ignored by  
the EMAC and that valid buffer data starts on byte 16 of the buffer. The software application must set this  
value prior to adding the descriptor to the active transmit list. This field is not altered by the EMAC.  
Note that this value is only checked on the first descriptor of a given packet (where the start of packet  
(SOP) flag is set). It can not be used to specify the offset of subsequent packet fragments. Also, since the  
buffer pointer may point to any byte–aligned address, this field may be entirely superfluous, depending on  
the device driver architecture.  
The range of legal values for this field is 0 to (Buffer Length – 1).  
2.6.4.4  
2.6.4.5  
2.6.4.6  
Buffer Length  
This 16-bit field indicates how many valid data bytes are in the buffer. On single fragment packets, this  
value is also the total length of the packet data to be transmitted. If the buffer offset field is used, the offset  
bytes are not counted as part of this length. This length counts only valid data bytes. The software  
application must set this value prior to adding the descriptor to the active transmit list. This field is not  
altered by the EMAC.  
Packet Length  
This 16-bit field specifies the number of data bytes in the entire packet. Any leading buffer offset bytes are  
not included. The sum of the buffer length fields of each of the packet’s fragments (if more than one) must  
be equal to the packet length. The software application must set this value prior to adding the descriptor to  
the active transmit list. This field is not altered by the EMAC. This value is only checked on the first  
descriptor of a given packet (where the start of packet (SOP) flag is set).  
Start of Packet (SOP) Flag  
When set, this flag indicates that the descriptor points to a packet buffer that is the start of a new packet.  
In the case of a single fragment packet, both the SOP and end of packet (EOP) flags are set. Otherwise,  
the descriptor pointing to the last packet buffer for the packet sets the EOP flag. This bit is set by the  
software application and is not altered by the EMAC.  
24  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
www.ti.com  
Architecture  
2.6.4.7  
End of Packet (EOP) Flag  
When set, this flag indicates that the descriptor points to a packet buffer that is last for a given packet. In  
the case of a single fragment packet, both the start of packet (SOP) and EOP flags are set. Otherwise, the  
descriptor pointing to the last packet buffer for the packet sets the EOP flag. This bit is set by the software  
application and is not altered by the EMAC.  
2.6.4.8  
Ownership (OWNER) Flag  
When set, this flag indicates that all the descriptors for the given packet (from SOP to EOP) are currently  
owned by the EMAC. This flag is set by the software application on the SOP packet descriptor before  
adding the descriptor to the transmit descriptor queue. For a single fragment packet, the SOP, EOP, and  
OWNER flags are all set. The OWNER flag is cleared by the EMAC once it is finished with all the  
descriptors for the given packet. Note that this flag is valid on SOP descriptors only.  
2.6.4.9  
End of Queue (EOQ) Flag  
When set, this flag indicates that the descriptor in question was the last descriptor in the transmit queue  
for a given transmit channel, and that the transmitter has halted. This flag is initially cleared by the  
software application prior to adding the descriptor to the transmit queue. This bit is set by the EMAC when  
the EMAC identifies that a descriptor is the last for a given packet (the EOP flag is set), and there are no  
more descriptors in the transmit list (next descriptor pointer is NULL).  
The software application can use this bit to detect when the EMAC transmitter for the corresponding  
channel has halted. This is useful when the application appends additional packet descriptors to a transmit  
queue list that is already owned by the EMAC. Note that this flag is valid on EOP descriptors only.  
2.6.4.10 Teardown Complete (TDOWNCMPLT) Flag  
This flag is used when a transmit queue is being torn down, or aborted, instead of allowing it to be  
transmitted. This would happen under device driver reset or shutdown conditions. The EMAC sets this bit  
in the SOP descriptor of each packet as it is aborted from transmission.  
Note that this flag is valid on SOP descriptors only. Also note that only the first packet in an unsent list has  
the TDOWNCMPLT flag set. Subsequent descriptors are not even processed by the EMAC.  
2.6.4.11 Pass CRC (PASSCRC) Flag  
This flag is set by the software application in the SOP packet descriptor before it adds the descriptor to the  
transmit queue. Setting this bit indicates to the EMAC that the 4 byte Ethernet CRC is already present in  
the packet data, and that the EMAC should not generate its own version of the CRC.  
When the CRC flag is cleared, the EMAC generates and appends the 4-byte CRC. The buffer length and  
packet length fields do not include the CRC bytes. When the CRC flag is set, the 4-byte CRC is supplied  
by the software application and is already appended to the end of the packet data. The buffer length and  
packet length fields include the CRC bytes, as they are part of the valid packet data. Note that this flag is  
valid on SOP descriptors only.  
25  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Architecture  
www.ti.com  
2.6.5  
Receive Buffer Descriptor Format  
A receive (RX) buffer descriptor (Figure 7) is a contiguous block of four 32-bit data words aligned on a  
32-bit boundary that describes a packet or a packet fragment. Example 2 shows the receive buffer  
descriptor described by a C structure.  
2.6.5.1  
Next Descriptor Pointer  
This pointer points to the 32–bit word aligned memory address of the next buffer descriptor in the receive  
queue. This pointer is used to create a linked list of buffer descriptors. If the value of this pointer is zero,  
then the current buffer is the last buffer in the queue. The software application must set this value prior to  
adding the descriptor to the active receive list. This pointer is not altered by the EMAC.  
The value of pNext should never be altered once the descriptor is in an active receive queue, unless its  
current value is NULL. If the pNext pointer is initially NULL, and more empty buffers can be added to the  
pool, the software application may alter this pointer to point to a newly appended descriptor. The EMAC  
will use the new pointer value and proceed to the next descriptor unless the pNext value has already been  
read. In this latter case, the receiver will halt the receive channel in question, and the software application  
may restart it at that time. The software can detect this case by checking for an end of queue (EOQ)  
condition flag on the updated packet descriptor when it is returned by the EMAC.  
2.6.5.2  
Buffer Pointer  
The buffer pointer is the byte-aligned memory address of the memory buffer associated with the buffer  
descriptor. The software application must set this value prior to adding the descriptor to the active receive  
list. This pointer is not altered by the EMAC.  
Figure 7. Receive Buffer Descriptor Format  
Word 0  
31  
0
Next Descriptor Pointer  
Word 1  
31  
0
Buffer Pointer  
Word 2  
31  
16 15  
0
Buffer Offset  
Buffer Length  
Word 3  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
SOP  
EOP  
OWNER  
EOQ  
TDOWNCMPLT  
PASSCRC  
JABBER  
OVERSIZE  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
FRAGMENT  
UNDERSIZED  
CONTROL  
OVERRUN  
CODEERROR  
ALIGNERROR CRCERROR  
NOMATCH  
15  
0
Packet Length  
26  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
www.ti.com  
Architecture  
Example 2. Receive Buffer Descriptor in C Structure Format  
/*  
// EMAC Descriptor  
//  
// The following is the format of a single buffer descriptor  
// on the EMAC.  
*/  
typedef struct _EMAC_Desc {  
struct _EMAC_Desc *pNext;  
/* Pointer to next descriptor in chain */  
Uint8  
*pBuffer;  
/* Pointer to data buffer  
*/  
*/  
*/  
Uint32  
BufOffLen; /* Buffer Offset(MSW) and Length(LSW)  
PktFlgLen; /* Packet Flags(MSW) and Length(LSW)  
Uint32  
} EMAC_Desc;  
/* Packet Flags  
*/  
#define EMAC_DSC_FLAG_SOP  
0x80000000u  
0x40000000u  
0x20000000u  
0x10000000u  
0x08000000u  
0x04000000u  
0x02000000u  
0x01000000u  
0x00800000u  
0x00400000u  
0x00200000u  
0x00100000u  
0x00080000u  
0x00040000u  
0x00020000u  
0x00010000u  
#define EMAC_DSC_FLAG_EOP  
#define EMAC_DSC_FLAG_OWNER  
#define EMAC_DSC_FLAG_EOQ  
#define EMAC_DSC_FLAG_TDOWNCMPLT  
#define EMAC_DSC_FLAG_PASSCRC  
#define EMAC_DSC_FLAG_JABBER  
#define EMAC_DSC_FLAG_OVERSIZE  
#define EMAC_DSC_FLAG_FRAGMENT  
#define EMAC_DSC_FLAG_UNDERSIZED  
#define EMAC_DSC_FLAG_CONTROL  
#define EMAC_DSC_FLAG_OVERRUN  
#define EMAC_DSC_FLAG_CODEERROR  
#define EMAC_DSC_FLAG_ALIGNERROR  
#define EMAC_DSC_FLAG_CRCERROR  
#define EMAC_DSC_FLAG_NOMATCH  
2.6.5.3  
Buffer Offset  
This 16-bit field must be initialized to zero by the software application before adding the descriptor to a  
receive queue.  
Whether or not this field is updated depends on the setting of the RXBUFFEROFFSET register. When the  
offset register is set to a non-zero value, the received packet is written to the packet buffer at an offset  
given by the value of the register, and this value is also written to the buffer offset field of the descriptor.  
When a packet is fragmented over multiple buffers because it does not fit in the first buffer supplied, the  
buffer offset only applies to the first buffer in the list, which is where the start of packet (SOP) flag is set in  
the corresponding buffer descriptor. In other words, the buffer offset field is only updated by the EMAC on  
SOP descriptors.  
The range of legal values for the BUFFEROFFSET register is 0 to (Buffer Length – 1) for the smallest  
value of buffer length for all descriptors in the list.  
27  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Architecture  
www.ti.com  
2.6.5.4  
Buffer Length  
This 16-bit field is used for two purposes:  
Before the descriptor is first placed on the receive queue by the application software, the buffer length  
field is first initialized by the software to have the physical size of the empty data buffer pointed to by  
the buffer pointer field.  
After the empty buffer has been processed by the EMAC and filled with received data bytes, the buffer  
length field is updated by the EMAC to reflect the actual number of valid data bytes written to the  
buffer.  
2.6.5.5  
Packet Length  
This 16-bit field specifies the number of data bytes in the entire packet. This value is initialized to zero by  
the software application for empty packet buffers. The value is filled in by the EMAC on the first buffer  
used for a given packet. This is signified by the EMAC setting a start of packet (SOP) flag. The packet  
length is set by the EMAC on all SOP buffer descriptors.  
2.6.5.6  
Start of Packet (SOP) Flag  
When set, this flag indicates that the descriptor points to a packet buffer that is the start of a new packet.  
In the case of a single fragment packet, both the SOP and end of packet (EOP) flags are set. Otherwise,  
the descriptor pointing to the last packet buffer for the packet has the EOP flag set. This flag is initially  
cleared by the software application before adding the descriptor to the receive queue. This bit is set by the  
EMAC on SOP descriptors.  
2.6.5.7  
End of Packet (EOP) Flag  
When set, this flag indicates that the descriptor points to a packet buffer that is last for a given packet. In  
the case of a single fragment packet, both the start of packet (SOP) and EOP flags are set. Otherwise, the  
descriptor pointing to the last packet buffer for the packet has the EOP flag set. This flag is initially cleared  
by the software application before adding the descriptor to the receive queue. This bit is set by the EMAC  
on EOP descriptors.  
2.6.5.8  
Ownership (OWNER) Flag  
When set, this flag indicates that the descriptor is currently owned by the EMAC. This flag is set by the  
software application before adding the descriptor to the receive descriptor queue. This flag is cleared by  
the EMAC once it is finished with a given set of descriptors, associated with a received packet. The flag is  
updated by the EMAC on SOP descriptor only. So when the application identifies that the OWNER flag is  
cleared on an SOP descriptor, it may assume that all descriptors up to and including the first with the EOP  
flag set have been released by the EMAC. (Note that in the case of single buffer packets, the same  
descriptor will have both the SOP and EOP flags set.)  
2.6.5.9  
End of Queue (EOQ) Flag  
When set, this flag indicates that the descriptor in question was the last descriptor in the receive queue for  
a given receive channel, and that the corresponding receiver channel has halted. This flag is initially  
cleared by the software application prior to adding the descriptor to the receive queue. This bit is set by  
the EMAC when the EMAC identifies that a descriptor is the last for a given packet received (also sets the  
EOP flag), and there are no more descriptors in the receive list (next descriptor pointer is NULL).  
The software application can use this bit to detect when the EMAC receiver for the corresponding channel  
has halted. This is useful when the application appends additional free buffer descriptors to an active  
receive queue. Note that this flag is valid on EOP descriptors only.  
2.6.5.10 Teardown Complete (TDOWNCMPLT) Flag  
This flag is used when a receive queue is being torn down, or aborted, instead of being filled with received  
data. This would happen under device driver reset or shutdown conditions. The EMAC sets this bit in the  
descriptor of the first free buffer when the tear down occurs. No additional queue processing is performed.  
28  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
www.ti.com  
Architecture  
2.6.5.11 Pass CRC (PASSCRC) Flag  
This flag is set by the EMAC in the SOP buffer descriptor if the received packet includes the 4-byte CRC.  
This flag should be cleared by the software application before submitting the descriptor to the receive  
queue.  
2.6.5.12 Jabber Flag  
This flag is set by the EMAC in the SOP buffer descriptor, if the received packet is a jabber frame and was  
not discarded because the RXCEFEN bit was set in the RXMBPENABLE. Jabber frames are frames that  
exceed the RXMAXLEN in length, and have CRC, code, or alignment errors.  
2.6.5.13 Oversize Flag  
This flag is set by the EMAC in the SOP buffer descriptor, if the received packet is an oversized frame and  
was not discarded because the RXCEFEN bit was set in the RXMBPENABLE.  
2.6.5.14 Fragment Flag  
This flag is set by the EMAC in the SOP buffer descriptor, if the received packet is only a packet fragment  
and was not discarded because the RXCEFEN bit was set in the RXMBPENABLE.  
2.6.5.15 Undersized Flag  
This flag is set by the EMAC in the SOP buffer descriptor, if the received packet is undersized and was  
not discarded because the RXCSFEN bit was set in the RXMBPENABLE.  
2.6.5.16 Control Flag  
This flag is set by the EMAC in the SOP buffer descriptor, if the received packet is an EMAC control frame  
and was not discarded because the RXCMFEN bit was set in the RXMBPENABLE.  
2.6.5.17 Overrun Flag  
This flag is set by the EMAC in the SOP buffer descriptor, if the received packet was aborted due to a  
receive overrun.  
2.6.5.18 Code Error (CODEERROR) Flag  
This flag is set by the EMAC in the SOP buffer descriptor, if the received packet contained a code error  
and was not discarded because the RXCEFEN bit was set in the RXMBPENABLE.  
2.6.5.19 Alignment Error (ALIGNERROR) Flag  
This flag is set by the EMAC in the SOP buffer descriptor, if the received packet contained an alignment  
error and was not discarded because the RXCEFEN bit was set in the RXMBPENABLE.  
2.6.5.20 CRC Error (CRCERROR) Flag  
This flag is set by the EMAC in the SOP buffer descriptor, if the received packet contained a CRC error  
and was not discarded because the RXCEFEN bit was set in the RXMBPENABLE.  
2.6.5.21 No Match (NOMATCH) Flag  
This flag is set by the EMAC in the SOP buffer descriptor, if the received packet did not pass any of the  
EMAC’s address match criteria and was not discarded because the RXCAFEN bit was set in the  
RXMBPENABLE. Although the packet is a valid Ethernet data packet, it was only received because the  
EMAC is in promiscuous mode.  
29  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Architecture  
www.ti.com  
2.7 EMAC Control Module  
The basic functions of the EMAC control module (Figure 8) are to interface the EMAC and MDIO modules  
to the rest of the system, and to provide for a local memory space to hold EMAC packet buffer descriptors.  
Local memory is used to help avoid contention to device memory spaces. Other functions include the bus  
arbiter, and interrupt control and pacing logic control.  
Figure 8. EMAC Control Module Block Diagram  
Transmit and Receive  
Arbiter and  
bus switches  
DMA Controllers  
CPU  
Configuration bus  
8K byte  
descriptor  
memory  
Configuration  
registers  
Interrupt  
control and  
pacing logic  
EMAC interrupts  
MDIO interrupts  
4 interrupts  
to ARM  
2.7.1  
Internal Memory  
The EMAC control module includes 8K bytes of internal memory. The internal memory block is essential  
for allowing the EMAC to operate more independently of the CPU. It also prevents memory underflow  
conditions when the EMAC issues read or write requests to descriptor memory. (Memory accesses to  
read or write the actual Ethernet packet data are protected by the EMAC's internal FIFOs).  
A descriptor is a 16-byte memory structure that holds information about a single Ethernet packet buffer,  
which may contain a full or partial Ethernet packet. Thus with the 8K memory block provided for descriptor  
storage, the EMAC module can send and received up to a combined 512 packets before it needs to be  
serviced by application or driver software.  
2.7.2  
Bus Arbiter  
The EMAC control module bus arbiter operates transparently to the rest of the system. It is used:  
To arbitrate between the CPU and EMAC buses for access to internal descriptor memory.  
To arbitrate between internal EMAC buses for access to system memory.  
30  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
www.ti.com  
Architecture  
2.7.3  
Interrupt Control  
The EMAC control module combines multiple interrupt conditions generated by the EMAC and MDIO  
modules into four separate interrupt signals that are mapped to a CPU interrupt via the CPU interrupt  
controller. The four separate sources of interrupt can be individually enabled for each channel by the  
CMRXTHRESHINTEN, CMRXINTEN, CMTXINTEN, and CMMISCINTEN registers.  
2.7.3.1  
Transmit Pulse Interrupt  
The EMAC control module receives the eight individual transmit interrupts originating from the EMAC  
module, one for each of the eight channels, and combines them into a single transmit pulse interrupt to  
the CPU. This transmit pulse interrupt is paced, as described in Section 2.7.4. The eight individual  
transmit pending interrupt(s) are selected at the EMAC control module level, by setting one or more bits in  
the EMAC control module transmit interrupt enable register (CMTXINTEN). The masked interrupt status  
can be read in the EMAC control module transmit interrupt status register (CMTXINTSTAT).  
Upon reception of a transmit pulse interrupt, the ISR performs the following:  
1. Read CMTXINTSTAT to determine which channel(s) caused the interrupt.  
2. Process received packets for the interrupting channel(s).  
3. Write the appropriate CPGMAC transmit channel n completion pointer register(s) (TXnCP) with the  
address of the last buffer descriptor of the last packet processed by the application software.  
4. Write the MAC end of interrupt vector register (MACEOIVECTOR) in the EMAC module with a value of  
2h to signal the end of the transmit interrupt processing.  
2.7.3.2  
Receive Pulse Interrupt  
The EMAC control module receives the eight individual receive interrupts originating from the EMAC  
module, one for each of the eight channels, and combines them into a single receive pulse interrupt to the  
CPU. This receive pulse interrupt is paced, as described in Section 2.7.4. The eight individual receive  
pending interrupt(s) are selected at the EMAC control module level, by setting one or more bits in the  
EMAC control module receive interrupt enable register (CMRXINTEN). The masked interrupt status can  
be read in the EMAC control module receive interrupt status register (CMRXINTSTAT).  
Upon reception of a receive pulse interrupt, the ISR performs the following:  
1. Read CMRXINTSTAT to determine which channel(s) caused the interrupt.  
2. Process received packets for the interrupting channel(s).  
3. Write the appropriate CPGMAC receive channel n completion pointer register(s) (RXnCP) with the  
address of the last buffer descriptor of the last packet processed by the application software.  
4. Write the MAC end of interrupt vector register (MACEOIVECTOR) in the EMAC module with a value of  
1h to signal the end of the receive interrupt processing.  
31  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Architecture  
www.ti.com  
2.7.3.3  
Receive Threshold Pulse Interrupt  
The EMAC control module receives the eight individual receive threshold interrupts originating from the  
EMAC module, one for each of the eight channels, and combines them into a single receive threshold  
pulse interrupt to the CPU. This receive threshold pulse interrupt is not paced. The eight individual receive  
threshold pending interrupt(s) are selected at the EMAC control module level, by setting one or more bits  
in the EMAC control module receive threshold interrupt enable register (CMRXTHRESHINTEN). The  
masked interrupt status can be read in the EMAC control module receive threshold interrupt status  
register (CMRXTHRESHINTSTAT).  
Upon reception of a receive threshold pulse interrupt, the ISR performs the following:  
1. Read CMRXTHRESHINTSTAT to determine which channel(s) caused the interrupt.  
2. Process received packets in order to add more buffers to any channel that is below the threshold  
value.  
3. Write the appropriate CPGMAC receive channel n completion pointer register(s) (RXnCP) with the  
address of the last buffer descriptor of the last packet processed by the application software.  
4. Write the MAC end of interrupt vector register (MACEOIVECTOR) in the EMAC module with a value of  
0 to signal the end of the receive threshold interrupt processing.  
2.7.3.4  
Miscellaneous Pulse Interrupt  
The EMAC control module receives the STATPEND and HOSTPEND interrupts from the EMAC module  
and the MDIO_LINKINT and MDIO_USERINT interrupts from the MDIO module. The EMAC control  
module combines these four interrupts into a single miscellaneous pulse interrupt to the CPU. This  
miscellaneous interrupt is not paced. The four individual interrupts are selected at the EMAC control  
module level, by setting one or more bits in the EMAC control module miscellaneous interrupt enable  
register (CMMISCINTEN). The masked interrupt status can be read in the EMAC control module  
miscellaneous interrupt status register (CMMISCINTSTAT).  
Upon reception of a miscellaneous pulse interrupt, the ISR performs the following:  
1. Read CMMISCINTSTAT to determine which of the four condition(s) caused the interrupt.  
2. Process those interrupts accordingly.  
3. Write the MAC end of interrupt vector register (MACEOIVECTOR) in the EMAC module with a value of  
3h to signal the end of the miscellaneous interrupt processing.  
2.7.4  
Interrupt Pacing  
The receive and transmit pulse interrupts can be paced. The receive threshold and miscellaneous  
interrupts can not be paced. The interrupt pacing feature limits the number of interrupts to the CPU during  
a given period of time. For heavily loaded systems in which interrupts can occur at a very high rate, the  
performance benefit is significant due to minimizing the overhead associated with servicing each interrupt.  
The receive and transmit pulse interrupts contain a separate interrupt pacing sub-blocks. Each sub-block  
is disabled by default allowing the selected interrupt inputs to pass-through unaffected.  
The interrupt pacing module counts the number of interrupts that occur over a 1 ms interval of time. At the  
end of each 1 ms interval, the current number of interrupts is compared with a target number of interrupts  
(specified by the associated EMAC control module interrupts per millisecond registers, CMTXINTMAX and  
CMRXINTMAX). Based on the results of the comparison, the length of time during which interrupts are  
blocked is dynamically adjusted. The 1 ms interval is derived from a 4 ms pulse that is created from a  
prescale counter whose value is set in the INTPRESCALE field of the EMAC control module interrupt  
control register (CMINTCTRL). This INTPRESCALE value should be written with the number of peripheral  
clock periods in 4 ms. The pacing timer determines the interval during which interrupts are blocked and  
decrements every 4 ms. It is reloaded each time a zero count is reached. The value loaded into the pacing  
timer is calculated by hardware every 1 ms, according to the dynamic algorithm in the hardware.  
If the rate of transmit pulse interrupt inputs is much less than the target transmit pulse interrupt rate  
specified in CMTXINTMAX, then the interrupts are not blocked to the CPU. If the transmit pulse interrupt  
rate is greater than the specified target rate in CMTXINTMAX, the interrupt is paced at the rate specified  
in this register, which should be written with a value between 2 and 63 inclusive, indicating the target  
number of interrupts per 1 ms going to the CPU. Similarly, the number of receive interrupt pulses to the  
CPU is also separately controlled.  
32  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
www.ti.com  
Architecture  
2.8 MDIO Module  
The MDIO module is used to manage up to 32 physical layer (PHY) devices connected to the Ethernet  
Media Access Controller (EMAC). The DM36x device supports a single PHY being connected to the  
EMAC at any given time. The MDIO module is designed to allow almost transparent operation of the  
MDIO interface with little maintenance from the CPU.  
The MDIO module continuously polls 32 MDIO addresses in order to enumerate all PHY devices in the  
system. Once a PHY device has been detected, the MDIO module reads the MDIO PHY link status  
register (LINK) to monitor the PHY link state. Link change events are stored in the MDIO module, which  
can interrupt the CPU. This storing of the events allows the CPU to poll the link status of the PHY device  
without continuously performing MDIO module accesses. However, when the CPU must access the MDIO  
module for configuration and negotiation, the MDIO module performs the MDIO read or write operation  
independent of the CPU. This independent operation allows the processor to poll for completion or  
interrupt the CPU once the operation has completed.  
2.8.1  
MDIO Module Components  
The MDIO module (Figure 9) interfaces to the PHY components through two MDIO pins (MDCLK and  
MDIO), and to the CPU through the EMAC control module and the configuration bus. The MDIO module  
consists of the following logical components:  
MDIO clock generator  
Global PHY detection and link state monitoring  
Active PHY monitoring  
PHY register user access  
Figure 9. MDIO Module Block Diagram  
Peripheral  
clock  
MDIO  
clock  
generator  
MDCLK  
MDIO  
MDIO  
interface  
USERINT  
LINKINT  
EMAC  
control  
module  
PHY  
monitoring  
PHY  
polling  
Control  
registers  
and logic  
Configuration bus  
2.8.1.1  
2.8.1.2  
MDIO Clock Generator  
The MDIO clock generator controls the MDIO clock based on a divide-down of the peripheral clock  
(PLL1/6) in the EMAC control module. The MDIO clock is specified to run up to 2.5 MHz, although typical  
operation would be 1.0 MHz. Since the peripheral clock frequency is variable (PLL1/6), the application  
software or driver controls the divide-down amount.  
Global PHY Detection and Link State Monitoring  
The MDIO module continuously polls all 32 MDIO addresses in order to enumerate the PHY devices in the  
system. The module tracks whether or not a PHY on a particular address has responded, and whether or  
not the PHY currently has a link. Using this information allows the software application to quickly  
determine which MDIO address the PHY is using.  
33  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Architecture  
www.ti.com  
2.8.1.3  
Active PHY Monitoring  
Once a PHY candidate has been selected for use, the MDIO module transparently monitors its link state  
by reading the MDIO PHY link status register (LINK). Link change events are stored on the MDIO device  
and can optionally interrupt the CPU. This allows the system to poll the link status of the PHY device  
without continuously performing costly MDIO accesses.  
2.8.1.4  
PHY Register User Access  
When the CPU must access MDIO for configuration and negotiation, the PHY access module performs  
the actual MDIO read or write operation independent of the CPU. This allows the CPU to poll for  
completion or receive an interrupt when the read or write operation has been performed. The user access  
registers USERACCESSn allows the software to submit the access requests for the PHY connected to the  
device.  
2.8.2  
MDIO Module Operational Overview  
The MDIO module implements the 802.3 serial management interface to interrogate and control an  
Ethernet PHY, using a shared two-wired bus. It separately performs autodetection and records the current  
link status of up to 32 PHYs, polling all 32 MDIO addresses.  
Application software uses the MDIO module to configure the autonegotiation parameters of the PHY  
attached to the EMAC, retrieve the negotiation results, and configure required parameters in the EMAC.  
In this device, the Ethernet PHY attached to the system can be directly controlled and queried. The Media  
Independent Interface (MII) address of this PHY device is specified in one of the PHYADRMON bits in the  
MDIO user PHY select register (USERPHYSELn). The MDIO module can be programmed to trigger a  
CPU interrupt on a PHY link change event, by setting the LINKINTENB bit in USERPHYSELn. Reads and  
writes to registers in this PHY device are performed using the MDIO user access register  
(USERACCESSn).  
The MDIO module powers-up in an idle state until specifically enabled by setting the ENABLE bit in the  
MDIO control register (CONTROL). At this time, the MDIO clock divider and preamble mode selection are  
also configured. The MDIO preamble is enabled by default, but can be disabled when the connected PHY  
does not require it. Once the MDIO module is enabled, the MDIO interface state machine continuously  
polls the PHY link status (by reading the generic status register) of all possible 32 PHY addresses and  
records the results in the MDIO PHY alive status register (ALIVE) and MDIO PHY link status register  
(LINK). The corresponding bit for the connected PHY (0-31) is set in ALIVE, if the PHY responded to the  
read request. The corresponding bit is set in LINK, if the PHY responded and also is currently linked. In  
addition, any PHY register read transactions initiated by the application software using USERACCESSn  
causes ALIVE to be updated.  
The USERPHYSELn is used to track the link status of the connected PHY address. A change in the link  
status of the PHY being monitored sets the appropriate bit in the MDIO link status change interrupt  
registers (LINKINTRAW and LINKINTMASKED), if enabled by the LINKINTENB bit in USERPHYSELn.  
While the MDIO module is enabled, the host issues a read or write transaction over the MII management  
interface using the DATA, PHYADR, REGADR, and WRITE bits in USERACCESSn. When the application  
sets the GO bit in USERACCESSn, the MDIO module begins the transaction without any further  
intervention from the CPU. Upon completion, the MDIO module clears the GO bit and sets the  
corresponding USERINTRAW bit (0 or 1) in the MDIO user command complete interrupt register  
(USERINTRAW) corresponding to USERACCESSn used. The corresponding USERINTMASKED bit (0 or  
1) in the MDIO user command complete interrupt register (USERINTMASKED) may also be set,  
depending on the mask setting configured in the MDIO user command complete interrupt mask set  
register (USERINTMASKSET) and the MDIO user interrupt mask clear register (USERINTMASKCLEAR).  
A round-robin arbitration scheme is used to schedule transactions that may be queued using both  
USERACCESS0 and USERACCESS1. The application software must check the status of the GO bit in  
USERACCESSn before initiating a new transaction, to ensure that the previous transaction has  
completed. The application software can use the ACK bit in USERACCESSn to determine the status of a  
read transaction.  
34  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
www.ti.com  
Architecture  
2.8.2.1  
Initializing the MDIO Module  
The following steps are performed by the application software or device driver to initialize the MDIO  
device:  
1. Configure the PREAMBLE and CLKDIV bits in the MDIO control register (CONTROL).  
2. Enable the MDIO module by setting the ENABLE bit in CONTROL.  
3. The MDIO PHY alive status register (ALIVE) can be read in polling fashion until a PHY connected to  
the system responded, and the MDIO PHY link status register (LINK) can determine whether this PHY  
already has a link.  
4. Setup the appropriate PHY addresses in the MDIO user PHY select register (USERPHYSELn), and set  
the LINKINTENB bit to enable a link change event interrupt if desirable.  
5. If an interrupt on general MDIO register access is desired, set the corresponding bit in the MDIO user  
command complete interrupt mask set register (USERINTMASKSET) to use the MDIO user access  
register (USERACCESSn). Since only one PHY is used in this device, the application software can use  
one USERACCESSn to trigger a completion interrupt; the other USERACCESSn is not setup.  
2.8.2.2  
Writing Data To a PHY Register  
The MDIO module includes a user access register (USERACCESSn) to directly access a specified PHY  
device. To write a PHY register, perform the following:  
1. Check to ensure that the GO bit in the MDIO user access register (USERACCESSn) is cleared.  
2. Write to the GO, WRITE, REGADR, PHYADR, and DATA bits in USERACCESSn corresponding to the  
PHY and PHY register you want to write.  
3. The write operation to the PHY is scheduled and completed by the MDIO module. Completion of the  
write operation can be determined by polling the GO bit in USERACCESSn for a 0.  
4. Completion of the operation sets the corresponding USERINTRAW bit (0 or 1) in the MDIO user  
command complete interrupt register (USERINTRAW) corresponding to USERACCESSn used. If  
interrupts have been enabled on this bit using the MDIO user command complete interrupt mask set  
register (USERINTMASKSET), then the bit is also set in the MDIO user command complete interrupt  
register (USERINTMASKED) and an interrupt is triggered on the CPU.  
2.8.2.3  
Reading Data From a PHY Register  
The MDIO module includes a user access register (USERACCESSn) to directly access a specified PHY  
device. To read a PHY register, perform the following:  
1. Check to ensure that the GO bit in the MDIO user access register (USERACCESSn) is cleared.  
2. Write to the GO, REGADR, and PHYADR bits in USERACCESSn corresponding to the PHY and PHY  
register you want to read.  
3. The read data value is available in the DATA bits in USERACCESSn after the module completes the  
read operation on the serial bus. Completion of the read operation can be determined by polling the  
GO and ACK bits in USERACCESSn. Once the GO bit has cleared, the ACK bit is set on a successful  
read.  
4. Completion of the operation sets the corresponding USERINTRAW bit (0 or 1) in the MDIO user  
command complete interrupt register (USERINTRAW) corresponding to USERACCESSn used. If  
interrupts have been enabled on this bit using the MDIO user command complete interrupt mask set  
register (USERINTMASKSET), then the bit is also set in the MDIO user command complete interrupt  
register (USERINTMASKED) and an interrupt is triggered on the CPU.  
35  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Architecture  
www.ti.com  
2.8.2.4  
Example of MDIO Register Access Code  
The MDIO module uses the MDIO user access register (USERACCESSn) to access the PHY control  
registers. Software functions that implement the access process may simply be the following four macros:  
Start the process of reading a PHY register  
PHYREG_read( regadr, phyadr )  
PHYREG_write( regadr, phyadr, data )  
PHYREG_wait( )  
Start the process of writing a PHY register  
Synchronize operation (make sure read/write is idle)  
Wait for read to complete and return data read  
PHYREG_waitResults( results )  
Note that it is not necessary to wait after a write operation, as long as the status is checked before every  
operation to make sure the MDIO hardware is idle. An alternative approach is to call PHYREG_wait() after  
every write, and PHYREG_waitResults( ) after every read, then the hardware can be assumed to be idle  
when starting a new operation.  
The implementation of these macros using the chip support library (CSL) is shown in Example 3  
(USERACCESS0 is assumed).  
Note that this implementation does not check the ACK bit in USERACCESSn on PHY register reads (does  
not follow the procedure outlined in Section 2.8.2.3). Since the MDIO PHY alive status register (ALIVE) is  
used to initially select a PHY, it is assumed that the PHY is acknowledging read operations. It is possible  
that a PHY could become inactive at a future point in time. An example of this would be a PHY that can  
have its MDIO addresses changed while the system is running. It is not very likely, but this condition can  
be tested by periodically checking the PHY state in ALIVE.  
Example 3. MDIO Register Access Macros  
#define PHYREG_read(regadr, phyadr)  
MDIO_REGS->USERACCESS0 =  
CSL_FMK(MDIO_USERACCESS0_GO,1u)  
CSL_FMK(MDIO_USERACCESS0_REGADR,regadr)  
CSL_FMK(MDIO_USERACCESS0_PHYADR,phyadr)  
|
|
/
/
#define PHYREG_write(regadr, phyadr, data)  
MDIO_REGS->USERACCESS0 =  
CSL_FMK(MDIO_USERACCESS0_GO,1u)  
|
|
|
|
/
/
/
/
CSL_FMK(MDIO_USERACCESS0_WRITE,1)  
CSL_FMK(MDIO_USERACCESS0_REGADR,regadr)  
CSL_FMK(MDIO_USERACCESS0_PHYADR,phyadr)  
CSL_FMK(MDIO_USERACCESS0_DATA, data)  
#define PHYREG_wait()  
while( CSL_FEXT(MDIO_REGS->USERACCESS0,MDIO_USERACCESS0_GO) )  
#define PHYREG_waitResults( results ) {  
while( CSL_FEXT(MDIO_REGS->USERACCESS0,MDIO_USERACCESS0_GO) );  
results = CSL_FEXT(MDIO_REGS->USERACCESS0, MDIO_USERACCESS0_DATA); }  
36  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
www.ti.com  
Architecture  
2.9 EMAC Module  
This section discusses the architecture and basic function of the EMAC module.  
2.9.1  
EMAC Module Components  
The EMAC module (Figure 10) interfaces to the outside world through the Media Independent Interface  
(MII) and interfaces to the system core through the EMAC control module. The EMAC consists of the  
following logical components:  
The receive path includes: receive DMA engine, receive FIFO, and MAC receiver  
The transmit path includes: transmit DMA engine, transmit FIFO, and MAC transmitter  
Statistics logic  
State RAM  
Interrupt controller  
Control registers and logic  
Clock and reset logic  
Figure 10. EMAC Module Block Diagram  
Clock and  
Configuration bus  
reset logic  
Receive  
DMA engine  
Receive  
FIFO  
MAC  
receiver  
EMAC  
control  
module  
Interrupt  
controller  
State  
RAM  
SYNC  
Statistics  
Transmit  
DMA engine  
Transmit  
FIFO  
MAC  
transmitter  
Control  
registers  
Configuration bus  
2.9.1.1  
2.9.1.2  
Receive DMA Engine  
The receive DMA engine is the interface between the receive FIFO and the system core. It interfaces to  
the CPU through the bus arbiter in the EMAC control module. This DMA engine is totally independent of  
the device DMA.  
Receive FIFO  
The receive FIFO consists of 68 cells of 64 bytes each and associated control logic. The FIFO buffers  
receive data in preparation for writing into packet buffers in device memory, and also enable receive FIFO  
flow control.  
37  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Architecture  
www.ti.com  
2.9.1.3  
MAC Receiver  
The MAC receiver detects and processes incoming network frames, de-frames them, and puts them into  
the receive FIFO. The MAC receiver also detects errors and passes statistics to the statistics RAM.  
2.9.1.4  
Receive Address  
This sub-module performs address matching and address filtering based on the incoming packet’s  
destination address. It contains a 32-by-53 bit two-port RAM, in which up to 32 addresses can be stored to  
be either matched or filtered by the EMAC. The RAM may contain multicast packet addresses, but the  
associated channel must have the unicast enable bit set, even though it is a multicast address. The  
unicast enable bits are used with multicast addresses in the receive address RAM (not the multicast hash  
enable bits). Therefore, hash matches can be disabled, but specific multicast addresses can be matched  
(or filtered) in the RAM. If a multicast packet hash matches, the packet may still be filtered in the RAM.  
Each packet can be sent to only a single channel.  
2.9.1.5  
Transmit DMA Engine  
The transmit DMA engine is the interface between the transmit FIFO and the CPU. It interfaces to the  
CPU through the bus arbiter in the EMAC control module.  
2.9.1.6  
Transmit FIFO  
The transmit FIFO consists of 24 cells of 64 bytes each and associated control logic. This enables a  
packet of 1518 bytes (standard Ethernet packet size) to be sent without the possibility of underrun. The  
FIFO buffers data in preparation for transmission.  
2.9.1.7  
MAC Transmitter  
The MAC transmitter formats frame data from the transmit FIFO and transmits the data using the  
CSMA/CD access protocol. The frame CRC can be automatically appended, if required. The MAC  
transmitter also detects transmission errors and passes statistics to the statistics registers.  
2.9.1.8  
Statistics Logic  
The Ethernet statistics are counted and stored in the statistics logic RAM. This statistics RAM keeps track  
of 36 different Ethernet packet statistics.  
2.9.1.9  
State RAM  
State RAM contains the head descriptor pointers and completion pointers registers for both transmit and  
receive channels.  
2.9.1.10 EMAC Interrupt Controller  
The interrupt controller contains the interrupt related registers and logic. The 18 raw EMAC interrupts are  
input to this submodule and masked module interrupts are output.  
2.9.1.11 Control Registers and Logic  
The EMAC is controlled by a set of memory-mapped registers. The control logic also signals transmit,  
receive, and status related interrupts to the CPU through the EMAC control module.  
2.9.1.12 Clock and Reset Logic  
The clock and reset submodule generates all the EMAC clocks and resets. For more details on reset  
capabilities, see Section 2.15.1.  
38  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
www.ti.com  
Architecture  
2.9.2  
EMAC Module Operational Overview  
After reset, initialization, and configuration, the application software running on the host may initiate  
transmit operations. Transmit operations are initiated by host writes to the appropriate transmit channel  
head descriptor pointer contained in the state RAM block. The transmit DMA controller then fetches the  
first packet in the packet chain from memory. The DMA controller writes the packet into the transmit FIFO  
in bursts of 64-byte cells. When the threshold number of cells, configurable using the TXCELLTHRESH bit  
in the FIFO control register (FIFOCONTROL), have been written to the transmit FIFO, or a complete  
packet, whichever is smaller, the MAC transmitter then initiates the packet transmission. The SYNC block  
transmits the packet over the MII interfaces in accordance with the 802.3 protocol. Transmit statistics are  
counted by the statistics block.  
Receive operations are initiated by host writes to the appropriate receive channel head descriptor pointer  
after host initialization and configuration. The SYNC submodule receives packets and strips off the  
Ethernet related protocol. The packet data is input to the MAC receiver, which checks for address match  
and processes errors. Accepted packets are then written to the receive FIFO in bursts of 64-byte cells.  
The receive DMA controller then writes the packet data to memory. Receive statistics are counted by the  
statistics block.  
The EMAC module operates independently of the CPU. It is configured and controlled by its register set  
mapped into device memory. Information about data packets is communicated by use of 16-byte  
descriptors that are placed in an 8K-byte block of RAM in the EMAC control module.  
For transmit operations, each 16-byte descriptor describes a packet or packet fragment in the system's  
internal or external memory. For receive operations, each 16-byte descriptor represents a free packet  
buffer or buffer fragment. On both transmit and receive, an Ethernet packet is allowed to span one or  
more memory fragments, represented by one 16-byte descriptor per fragment. In typical operation, there is  
only one descriptor per receive buffer, but transmit packets may be fragmented, depending on the  
software architecture.  
An interrupt is issued to the CPU whenever a transmit or receive operation has completed. However, it is  
not necessary for the CPU to service the interrupt while there are additional resources available. In other  
words, the EMAC continues to receive Ethernet packets until its receive descriptor list has been  
exhausted. On transmit operations, the transmit descriptors need only be serviced to recover their  
associated memory buffer. Thus, it is possible to delay servicing of the EMAC interrupt if there are  
real-time tasks to perform.  
Eight channels are supplied for both transmit and receive operations. On transmit, the eight channels  
represent eight independent transmit queues. The EMAC can be configured to treat these channels as an  
equal priority "round-robin" queue or as a set of eight fixed-priority queues. On receive, the eight channels  
represent eight independent receive queues with packet classification. Packets are classified based on the  
destination MAC address. Each of the eight channels is assigned its own MAC address, enabling the  
EMAC module to act like eight virtual MAC adapters. Also, specific types of frames can be sent to specific  
channels. For example, multicast, broadcast, or other (promiscuous, error, etc.), can each be received on  
a specific receive channel queue.  
The EMAC keeps track of 36 different statistics, plus keeps the status of each individual packet in its  
corresponding packet descriptor.  
39  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Architecture  
www.ti.com  
2.10 Media Independent Interface (MII)  
The following sections discuss the operation of the Media Independent Interface (MII) in 10 Mbps and  
100 Mbps mode. An IEEE 802.3 compliant Ethernet MAC controls the interface.  
2.10.1 Data Reception  
2.10.1.1 Receive Control  
Data received from the PHY is interpreted and output to the EMAC receive FIFO. Interpretation involves  
detection and removal of the preamble and start-of-frame delimiter, extraction of the address and frame  
length, data handling, error checking and reporting, cyclic redundancy checking (CRC), and statistics  
control signal generation. Address detection and frame filtering is performed outside the MII interface.  
2.10.1.2 Receive Inter-Frame Interval  
The 802.3 standard requires an interpacket gap (IPG), which is 24 MII clocks (96 bit times). However, the  
EMAC can tolerate a reduced IPG (2 MII clocks or 8 bit times) with a correct preamble and start frame  
delimiter. This interval between frames must comprise (in the following order):  
1. An Interpacket Gap (IPG).  
2. A 7-byte preamble (all bytes 55h).  
3. A 1-byte start of frame delimiter (5DH).  
2.10.1.3 Receive Flow Control  
When enabled and triggered, receive flow control is initiated to limit the EMAC from further frame  
reception. Two forms of receive flow control are implemented on the device:  
Receive buffer flow control  
Receive FIFO flow control  
When enabled and triggered, receive buffer flow control prevents further frame reception based on the  
number of free buffers available. Receive buffer flow control issues flow control collisions in half-duplex  
mode and IEEE 802.3X pause frames for full-duplex mode. Receive buffer flow control is triggered when  
the number of free buffers in any enabled receive channel free buffer count register (RXnFREEBUFFER)  
is less than or equal to the receive channel flow control threshold register (RXnFLOWTHRESH) value.  
Receive flow control is independent of receive QOS, except that both use the free buffer values.  
When enabled and triggered, receive FIFO flow control prevents further frame reception based on the  
number of cells currently in the receive FIFO. Receive FIFO flow control may be enabled only in  
full-duplex mode (FULLDUPLEX bit is set in the in the MAC control register, MACCONTROL). Receive  
flow control prevents reception of frames on the port until all of the triggering conditions clear, at which  
time frames may again be received by the port.  
Receive FIFO flow control is triggered when the occupancy of the FIFO is greater than or equal to the  
RXFIFOFLOWTHRESH value in the FIFO control register (FIFOCONTROL). The RXFIFOFLOWTHRESH  
value must be greater than or equal to 1h and less than or equal to 42h (decimal 66). The  
RXFIFOFLOWTHRESH reset value is 2h.  
Receive flow control is enabled by the RXBUFFERFLOWEN bit and the RXFIFOFLOWEN bit in  
MACCONTROL. The FULLDUPLEX bit in MACCONTROL configures the EMAC for collision or  
IEEE 802.3X flow control.  
40  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
www.ti.com  
Architecture  
2.10.1.3.1 Collision-Based Receive Buffer Flow Control  
Collision-based receive buffer flow control provides a means of preventing frame reception when the  
EMAC is operating in half-duplex mode (the FULLDUPLEX bit is cleared in MACCONTROL). When  
receive flow control is enabled and triggered, the EMAC generates collisions for received frames. The jam  
sequence transmitted is the 12-byte sequence C3.C3.C3.C3.C3.C3.C3.C3.C3.C3.C3.C3h. The jam  
sequence begins no later than approximately as the source address starts to be received. Note that these  
forced collisions are not limited to a maximum of 16 consecutive collisions, and are independent of the  
normal back-off algorithm.  
Receive flow control does not depend on the value of the incoming frame destination address. A collision  
is generated for any incoming packet, regardless of the destination address, if any EMAC enabled  
channel’s free buffer register value is less than or equal to the channel’s flow threshold value.  
2.10.1.3.2 IEEE 802.3x-Based Receive Buffer Flow Control  
IEEE 802.3x-based receive buffer flow control provides a means of preventing frame reception when the  
EMAC is operating in full-duplex mode (the FULLDUPLEX bit is set in MACCONTROL). When receive  
flow control is enabled and triggered, the EMAC transmits a pause frame to request that the sending  
station stop transmitting for the period indicated within the transmitted pause frame.  
The EMAC transmits a pause frame to the reserved multicast address at the first available opportunity  
(immediately if currently idle or following the completion of the frame currently being transmitted). The  
pause frame contains the maximum possible value for the pause time (FFFFh). The EMAC counts the  
receive pause frame time (decrements FF00h to 0) and retransmits an outgoing pause frame, if the count  
reaches 0. When the flow control request is removed, the EMAC transmits a pause frame with a zero  
pause time to cancel the pause request.  
Note that transmitted pause frames are only a request to the other end station to stop transmitting.  
Frames that are received during the pause interval are received normally (provided the receive FIFO is not  
full).  
Pause frames are transmitted if enabled and triggered, regardless of whether or not the EMAC is  
observing the pause time period from an incoming pause frame.  
The EMAC transmits pause frames as described below:  
The 48-bit reserved multicast destination address 01.80.C2.00.00.01h.  
The 48-bit source address (set using the MACSRCADDRLO and MACSRCADDRHI registers).  
The 16-bit length/type field containing the value 88.08h.  
The 16-bit pause opcode equal to 00.01h.  
The 16-bit pause time value of FF.FFh. A pause-quantum is 512 bit-times. Pause frames sent to  
cancel a pause request have a pause time value of 00.00h.  
Zero padding to 64-byte data length (EMAC transmits only 64-byte pause frames).  
The 32-bit frame-check sequence (CRC word).  
All quantities are hexadecimal and are transmitted most-significant byte first. The least-significant bit (LSB)  
is transferred first in each byte.  
If the RXBUFFERFLOWEN bit in MACCONTROL is cleared to 0 while the pause time is nonzero, then the  
pause time is cleared to 0 and a zero count pause frame is sent.  
41  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Architecture  
www.ti.com  
2.10.2 Data Transmission  
The EMAC passes data to the PHY from the transmit FIFO (when enabled). Data is synchronized to the  
transmit clock rate. Transmission begins when there are TXCELLTHRESH cells of 64 bytes each, or a  
complete packet, in the FIFO.  
2.10.2.1 Transmit Control  
A jam sequence is output if a collision is detected on a transmit packet. If the collision was late (after the  
first 64 bytes have been transmitted), the collision is ignored. If the collision is not late, the controller will  
back off before retrying the frame transmission. When operating in full-duplex mode, the carrier sense  
(EMAC_CRS) and collision-sensing (EMAC_COL) modes are disabled.  
2.10.2.2 CRC Insertion  
If the SOP buffer descriptor PASSCRC flag is cleared, the EMAC generates and appends a 32-bit  
Ethernet CRC onto the transmitted data. For the EMAC-generated CRC case, a CRC (or placeholder) at  
the end of the data is allowed but not required. The buffer byte count value should not include the CRC  
bytes, if they are present.  
If the SOP buffer descriptor PASSCRC flag is set, then the last four bytes of the transmit data are  
transmitted as the frame CRC. The four CRC data bytes should be the last four bytes of the frame and  
should be included in the buffer byte count value. The MAC performs no error checking on the outgoing  
CRC.  
2.10.2.3 Adaptive Performance Optimization (APO)  
The EMAC incorporates adaptive performance optimization (APO) logic that may be enabled by setting  
the TXPACE bit in the MAC control register (MACCONTROL). Transmission pacing to enhance  
performance is enabled when the TXPACE bit is set. Adaptive performance pacing introduces delays into  
the normal transmission of frames, delaying transmission attempts between stations, reducing the  
probability of collisions occurring during heavy traffic (as indicated by frame deferrals and collisions),  
thereby, increasing the chance of successful transmission.  
When a frame is deferred, suffers a single collision, multiple collisions, or excessive collisions, the pacing  
counter is loaded with an initial value of 31. When a frame is transmitted successfully (without  
experiencing a deferral, single collision, multiple collision, or excessive collision), the pacing counter is  
decremented by 1, down to 0.  
With pacing enabled, a new frame is permitted to immediately (after one interpacket gap) attempt  
transmission only if the pacing counter is 0. If the pacing counter is nonzero, the frame is delayed by the  
pacing delay of approximately four interpacket gap (IPG)delays. APO only affects the IPG preceding the  
first attempt at transmitting a frame; APO does not affect the back-off algorithm for retransmitted frames.  
2.10.2.4 Interpacket-Gap (IPG) Enforcement  
The measurement reference for the IPG of 96 bit times is changed depending on frame traffic conditions.  
If a frame is successfully transmitted without collision and EMAC_CRS is deasserted within approximately  
48 bit times of EMAC_TX_EN being deasserted, then 96 bit times is measured from EMAC_TX_EN. If the  
frame suffered a collision or EMAC_CRS is not deasserted until more than approximately 48 bit times  
after EMAC_TX_EN is deasserted, then 96 bit times (approximately, but not less) is measured from  
EMAC_CRS.  
2.10.2.5 Back Off  
The EMAC implements the 802.3 binary exponential back-off algorithm.  
42  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
www.ti.com  
Architecture  
2.10.2.6 Transmit Flow Control  
Incoming pause frames are acted upon, when enabled, to prevent the EMAC from transmitting any further  
frames. Incoming pause frames are only acted upon when the FULLDUPLEX and TXFLOWEN bits in the  
MAC control register (MACCONTROL) are set. Pause frames are not acted upon in half-duplex mode.  
Pause frame action is taken if enabled, but normally the frame is filtered and not transferred to memory.  
MAC control frames are transferred to memory, if the RXCMFEN bit in the receive  
multicast/broadcast/promiscuous channel enable register (RXMBPENABLE) is set. The TXFLOWEN and  
FULLDUPLEX bits affect whether or not MAC control frames are acted upon, but they have no affect upon  
whether or not MAC control frames are transferred to memory or filtered.  
Pause frames are a subset of MAC control frames with an opcode field of 0001h. Incoming pause frames  
are only acted upon by the EMAC if:  
TXFLOWEN bit is set in MACCONTROL  
The frame’s length is 64 to RXMAXLEN bytes inclusive  
The frame contains no CRC error or align/code errors  
The pause time value from valid frames is extracted from the two bytes following the opcode. The pause  
time is loaded into the EMAC transmit pause timer and the transmit pause time period begins. If a valid  
pause frame is received during the transmit pause time period of a previous transmit pause frame then:  
If the destination address is not equal to the reserved multicast address or any enabled or disabled  
unicast address, then the transmit pause timer immediately expires, or  
If the new pause time value is 0, then the transmit pause timer immediately expires, else  
The EMAC transmit pause timer immediately is set to the new pause frame pause time value. (Any  
remaining pause time from the previous pause frame is discarded).  
If the TXFLOWEN bit in MACCONTROL is cleared, then the pause timer immediately expires.  
The EMAC does not start the transmission of a new data frame any sooner than 512 bit-times after a  
pause frame with a nonzero pause time has finished being received (EMAC_RX_DV going inactive). No  
transmission begins until the pause timer has expired (the EMAC may transmit pause frames in order to  
initiate outgoing flow control). Any frame already in transmission when a pause frame is received is  
completed and unaffected.  
Incoming pause frames consist of:  
A 48-bit destination address equal to one of the following:  
The reserved multicast destination address 01.80.C2.00.00.01h  
Any EMAC 48-bit unicast address. Pause frames are accepted, regardless of whether the channel  
is enabled or not.  
The 16-bit length/type field containing the value 88.08h.  
The 48-bit source address of the transmitting device.  
The 16-bit pause opcode equal to 00.01h.  
The 16-bit pause time. A pause-quantum is 512 bit-times.  
Padding to 64-byte data length.  
The 32-bit frame-check sequence (CRC word).  
All quantities are hexadecimal and are transmitted most-significant byte first. The least-significant bit (LSB)  
is transferred first in each byte.  
The padding is required to make up the frame to a minimum of 64 bytes. The standard allows pause  
frames longer than 64 bytes to be discarded or interpreted as valid pause frames. The EMAC recognizes  
any pause frame between 64 bytes and RXMAXLEN bytes in length.  
2.10.2.7 Speed, Duplex, and Pause Frame Support  
The MAC operates at 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps, in half-duplex or full-duplex mode, and with or without pause  
frame support as configured by the host.  
43  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Architecture  
www.ti.com  
2.11 Packet Receive Operation  
2.11.1 Receive DMA Host Configuration  
To configure the receive DMA for operation the host must:  
Initialize the receive addresses.  
Initialize the receive channel n DMA head descriptor pointer registers (RXnHDP) to 0.  
Write the MAC address hash n registers (MACHASH1 and MACHASH2), if hash matching multicast  
addressing is desired.  
If flow control is to be enabled, initialize:  
the receive channel n free buffer count registers (RXnFREEBUFFER)  
the receive channel n flow control threshold register (RXnFLOWTHRESH)  
the receive filter low priority frame threshold register (RXFILTERLOWTHRESH)  
Enable the desired receive interrupts using the receive interrupt mask set register (RXINTMASKSET)  
and the receive interrupt mask clear register (RXINTMASKCLEAR).  
Set the appropriate configuration bits in the MAC control register (MACCONTROL).  
Write the receive buffer offset register (RXBUFFEROFFSET) value (typically zero).  
Setup the receive channel(s) buffer descriptors and initialize RXnHDP.  
Enable the receive DMA controller by setting the RXEN bit in the receive control register  
(RXCONTROL).  
Configure and enable the receive operation, as desired, in the receive  
multicast/broadcast/promiscuous channel enable register (RXMBPENABLE) and by using the receive  
unicast set register (RXUNICASTSET) and the receive unicast clear register (RXUNICASTCLEAR).  
2.11.2 Receive Channel Enabling  
Each of the eight receive channels has an enable bit (RXCHnEN) in the receive unicast enable set  
register (RXUNICASTSET) that is controlled using RXUNICASTSET and the receive unicast clear register  
(RXUNICASTCLEAR). The RXCHnEN bits determine whether the given channel is enabled (set to 1) to  
receive frames with a matching unicast or multicast destination address.  
The RXBROADEN bit in the receive multicast/broadcast/promiscuous channel enable register  
(RXMBPENABLE) determines if broadcast frames are enabled or filtered. If broadcast frames are  
enabled, then they are copied to only a single channel selected by the RXBROADCH field in  
RXMBPENABLE.  
The RXMULTEN bit in RXMBPENABLE determines if hash matching multicast frames are enabled or  
filtered. Incoming multicast addresses (group addresses) are hashed into an index in the hash table. If the  
indexed bit is set, the frame hash will match and it will be transferred to the channel selected by the  
RXMULTCH field in RXMBPENABLE when multicast frames are enabled. The multicast hash bits are set  
in the MAC address hash n registers (MACHASH1 and MACHASH2).  
The RXPROMCH bits in RXMBPENABLE select the promiscuous channel to receive frames selected by  
the RXCMFEN, RXCSFEN, RXCEFEN, and RXCAFEN bits. These four bits allow reception of MAC  
control frames, short frames, error frames, and all frames (promiscuous), respectively.  
The address RAM can be configured to set multiple unicast and/or multicast addresses to a given channel  
(if the match bit is set in the RAM). Multicast addresses in the RAM are enabled by RXUNICASTSET and  
not by the RXMULTEN bit in RXMBPENABLE, the RXMULTEN bit enables the hash multicast match only.  
The address RAM takes precedence over the hash match.  
If a multicast packet is received that hash matches (multicast packets enabled), but is filtered in the RAM,  
then the packet is filtered. If a multicast packet does not hash match, regardless of whether or not hash  
matching is enabled, but matches an enabled multicast address in the RAM, then the packet will be  
transferred to the associated channel.  
44  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
www.ti.com  
Architecture  
2.11.3 Receive Address Matching  
The receive address block can store up to 32 addresses to be filtered or matched. Before enabling packet  
reception, all the address RAM locations should be initialized, including locations to be unused. The  
system software is responsible for adding and removing addresses from the RAM.  
A MAC address location in RAM is 53 bits wide and consists of:  
48 bits of the MAC address.  
3 bits for the channel to which a valid address match will be transferred. The channel is a don’t care if  
MATCHFILT bit is cleared  
A valid bit  
A match or filter bit  
First, write the index into the address RAM in the MACINDEX register to start writing a MAC address.  
Then write the upper 32 bits of the MAC address (MACADDRHI register), and then the lower 16 bits of  
MAC address with the VALID and MATCHFILT control bits (MACADDRLO). The valid bit should be  
cleared for the unused locations in the receive address RAM.  
The most common uses for the receive address sub-module are:  
Set EMAC in promiscuous mode, using RXCAFEN and RXPROMCH bits in the RXMBPENABLE  
register. Then filter up to 32 individual addresses, which can be both unicast and/or multicast.  
Disable the promiscuous mode (RXCAFEN = 0) and match up to 32 individual addresses, multicast  
and/or unicast  
2.11.4 Hardware Receive QOS Support  
Hardware receive quality of service (QOS) is supported, when enabled, by the Tag Protocol Identifier  
format and the associated Tag Control Information (TCI) format priority field. When the incoming frame  
length/type value is equal to 81.00h, the EMAC recognizes the frame as an Ethernet Encoded Tag  
Protocol Type. The two octets immediately following the protocol type contain the 16-bit TCI field. Bits  
15-13 of the TCI field contain the received frames priority (0 to 7). The received frame is a low-priority  
frame, if the priority value is 0 to 3; the received frame is a high-priority frame, if the priority value is 4 to 7.  
All frames that have a length/type field value not equal to 81.00h are low-priority frames. Received frames  
that contain priority information are determined by the EMAC as:  
A 48-bit (6 bytes) destination address equal to:  
The destination station's individual unicast address.  
The destination station's multicast address (MACHASH1 and MACHASH2).  
The broadcast address of all ones.  
A 48-byte (6 bytes) source address.  
The 16-bit (2 bytes) length/type field containing the value 81.00h.  
The 16-bit (2 bytes) TCI field with the priority field in the upper 3 bits.  
Data bytes  
The 4 bytes CRC.  
The receive filter low priority frame threshold register (RXFILTERLOWTHRESH) and the receive channel  
n free buffer count registers (RXnFREEBUFFER) are used in conjunction with the priority information to  
implement receive hardware QOS. Low-priority frames are filtered if the number of free buffers  
(RXnFREEBUFFER) for the frame channel is less than or equal to the filter low threshold  
(RXFILTERLOWTHRESH) value. Hardware QOS is enabled by the RXQOSEN bit in the receive  
multicast/broadcast/promiscuous channel enable register (RXMBPENABLE).  
45  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Architecture  
www.ti.com  
2.11.5 Host Free Buffer Tracking  
The host must track free buffers for each enabled channel (including unicast, multicast, broadcast, and  
promiscuous), if receive QOS or receive flow control is used. Disabled channel free buffer values are do  
not cares. During initialization, the host should write the number of free buffers for each enabled channel  
to the appropriate receive channel n free buffer count registers (RXnFREEBUFFER). The EMAC  
decrements the appropriate channel’s free buffer value for each buffer used. When the host reclaims the  
frame buffers, the host should write the channel free buffer register with the number of reclaimed buffers  
(write to increment). There are a maximum of 65,535 free buffers available. RXnFREEBUFFER only  
needs to be updated by the host if receive QOS or flow control is used.  
2.11.6 Receive Channel Teardown  
The host commands a receive channel teardown by writing the channel number to the receive teardown  
register (RXTEARDOWN). When a teardown command is issued to an enabled receive channel, the  
following occurs:  
Any current frame in reception completes normally.  
The TDOWNCMPLT flag is set in the next buffer descriptor in the chain, if there is one.  
The channel head descriptor pointer is cleared to 0.  
A receive interrupt for the channel is issued to the host.  
The corresponding receive channel n completion pointer register (RXnCP) contains the value  
FFFF FFCh.  
Channel teardown may be commanded on any channel at any time. The host is informed of the teardown  
completion by the set teardown complete (TDOWNCMPLT) buffer descriptor bit. The EMAC does not  
clear any channel enables due to a teardown command. A teardown command to an inactive channel  
issues an interrupt that software should acknowledge with an FFFF FFFCh acknowledge value to RXnCP  
(note that there is no buffer descriptor in this case). Software may read RXnCP to determine if the  
interrupt was due to a commanded teardown. The read value is FFFF FFFCh, if the interrupt was due to a  
teardown command.  
2.11.7 Receive Frame Classification  
Received frames are proper (good) frames, if they are between 64 bytes and the value in the receive  
maximum length register (RXMAXLEN) bytes in length (inclusive) and contain no code, align, or CRC  
errors.  
Received frames are long frames, if their frame count exceeds the value in RXMAXLEN. The RXMAXLEN  
reset (default) value is 5EEh (1518 in decimal). Long received frames are either oversized or jabber  
frames. Long frames with no errors are oversized frames; long frames with CRC, code, or alignment  
errors are jabber frames.  
Received frames are short frames, if their frame count is less than 64 bytes. Short frames that address  
match and contain no errors are undersized frames; short frames with CRC, code, or alignment errors are  
fragment frames. If the frame length is less than or equal to 20, then the frame CRC is passed, regardless  
of whether the RXPASSCRC bit is set or cleared in the receive multicast/broadcast/promiscuous channel  
enable register (RXMBPENABLE).  
A received long packet always contains RXMAXLEN number of bytes transferred to memory (if the  
RXCEFEN bit is set in RXMBPENABLE), regardless of the value of the RXPASSCRC bit. Following is an  
example with RXMAXLEN set to 1518:  
If the frame length is 1518, then the packet is not a long packet and there are 1514 or 1518 bytes  
transferred to memory depending on the value of the RXPASSCRC bit.  
If the frame length is 1519, there are 1518 bytes transferred to memory regardless of the  
RXPASSCRC bit value. The last three bytes are the first three CRC bytes.  
If the frame length is 1520, there are 1518 bytes transferred to memory regardless of the  
RXPASSCRC bit value. The last two bytes are the first two CRC bytes.  
If the frame length is 1521, there are 1518 bytes transferred to memory regardless of the  
RXPASSCRC bit value. The last byte is the first CRC byte.  
46  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
www.ti.com  
Architecture  
If the frame length is 1522, there are 1518 bytes transferred to memory. The last byte is the last data  
byte.  
2.11.8 Promiscuous Receive Mode  
When the promiscuous receive mode is enabled by setting the RXCAFEN bit in the receive  
multicast/broadcast/promiscuous channel enable register (RXMBPENABLE), nonaddress matching frames  
that would normally be filtered are transferred to the promiscuous channel. Address matching frames that  
would normally be filtered due to errors are transferred to the address match channel when the RXCAFEN  
and RXCEFEN bits in RXMBPENABLE are set. A frame is considered to be an address matching frame  
only if it is enabled to be received on a unicast, multicast, or broadcast channel. Frames received to  
disabled unicast, multicast, or broadcast channels are considered nonaddress matching.  
MAC control frames address match only if the RXCMFEN bit in RXMBPENABLE is set. The RXCEFEN  
and RXCSFEN bits in RXMBPENABLE determine whether error frames are transferred to memory or not,  
but they do not determine whether error frames are address matching or not. Short frames are a special  
type of error frames.  
A single channel is selected as the promiscuous channel by the RXPROMCH bit in RXMBPENABLE. The  
promiscuous receive mode is enabled by the RXCMFEN, RXCEFEN, RXCSFEN, and RXCAFEN bits in  
RXMBPENABLE. Table 4 shows the effects of the promiscuous enable bits. Proper frames are frames  
that are between 64 bytes and the value in the receive maximum length register (RXMAXLEN) bytes in  
length inclusive and contain no code, align, or CRC errors.  
Table 4. Receive Frame Treatment Summary  
Address Match  
RXCAFEN  
RXCEFEN  
RXCMFEN  
RXCSFEN Receive Frame Treatment  
0
0
0
0
1
1
X
0
0
X
0
0
X
0
1
No frames transferred.  
Proper frames transferred to promiscuous channel.  
Proper/undersized data frames transferred to  
promiscuous channel.  
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
Proper data and control frames transferred to  
promiscuous channel.  
Proper/undersized data and control frames  
transferred to promiscuous channel.  
Proper/oversize/jabber/code/align/CRC data frames  
transferred to promiscuous channel. No control or  
undersized/fragment frames are transferred.  
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
Proper/undersized/fragment/oversize/jabber/code/  
align/CRC data frames transferred to promiscuous  
channel. No control frames are transferred.  
Proper/oversize/jabber/code/align/CRC data and  
control frames transferred to promiscuous channel.  
No undersized frames are transferred.  
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
X
X
X
X
X
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
All nonaddress matching frames with and without  
errors transferred to promiscuous channel.  
Proper data frames transferred to address match  
channel.  
Proper/undersized data frames transferred  
to address match channel.  
Proper data and control frames transferred to  
address match channel.  
Proper/undersized data and control frames  
transferred to address match channel.  
Proper/oversize/jabber/code/align/CRC data frames  
transferred to address match channel. No control  
or undersized frames are transferred.  
1
X
1
0
1
Proper/oversize/jabber/fragment/undersized/code/  
align/CRC data frames transferred to address  
match channel. No control frames are transferred.  
47  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Architecture  
www.ti.com  
Table 4. Receive Frame Treatment Summary (continued)  
Address Match  
RXCAFEN  
RXCEFEN  
RXCMFEN  
RXCSFEN Receive Frame Treatment  
1
X
1
1
0
Proper/oversize/jabber/code/align/CRC data and  
control frames transferred to address match  
channel. No undersized/fragment frames are  
transferred.  
1
X
1
1
1
All address matching frames with and without  
errors transferred to the address match channel  
2.11.9 Receive Overrun  
The types of receive overrun are:  
FIFO start of frame overrun (FIFO_SOF)  
FIFO middle of frame overrun (FIFO_MOF)  
DMA start of frame overrun (DMA_SOF)  
DMA middle of frame overrun (DMA_MOF)  
The statistics counters used to track these types of receive overrun are:  
Receive start of frame overruns register (RXSOFOVERRUNS)  
Receive middle of frame overruns register (RXMOFOVERRUNS)  
Receive DMA overruns register (RXDMAOVERRUNS)  
Start of frame overruns happen when there are no resources available when frame reception begins. Start  
of frame overruns increment the appropriate overrun statistic(s) and the frame is filtered.  
Middle of frame overruns happen when there are some resources to start the frame reception, but the  
resources run out during frame reception. In normal operation, a frame that overruns after starting the  
frame reception is filtered and the appropriate statistic(s) are incremented; however, the RXCEFEN bit in  
the receive multicast/broadcast/promiscuous channel enable register (RXMBPENABLE) affects overrun  
frame treatment. Table 5 shows how the overrun condition is handled for the middle of frame overrun.  
Table 5. Middle of Frame Overrun Treatment  
Address Match  
RXCAFEN  
RXCEFEN  
Middle of Frame Overrun Treatment  
Overrun frame filtered.  
0
0
0
0
1
1
X
0
1
Overrun frame filtered.  
As much frame data as possible is transferred to the promiscuous channel  
until overrun. The appropriate overrun statistic(s) is incremented and the  
OVERRUN and NOMATCH flags are set in the SOP buffer descriptor. Note  
that the RXMAXLEN number of bytes cannot be reached for an overrun to  
occur (it would be truncated and be a jabber or oversize).  
1
1
X
X
0
1
Overrun frame filtered with the appropriate overrun statistic(s) incremented.  
As much frame data as possible is transferred to the address match  
channel until overrun. The appropriate overrun statistic(s) is incremented  
and the OVERRUN flag is set in the SOP buffer descriptor. Note that the  
RXMAXLEN number of bytes cannot be reached for an overrun to occur (it  
would be truncated).  
48  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
www.ti.com  
Architecture  
2.12 Packet Transmit Operation  
The transmit DMA is an eight channel interface. Priority between the eight queues may be either fixed or  
round-robin as selected by the TXPTYPE bit in the MAC control register (MACCONTROL). If the priority  
type is fixed, then channel 7 has the highest priority and channel 0 has the lowest priority. Round-robin  
priority proceeds from channel 0 to channel 7.  
2.12.1 Transmit DMA Host Configuration  
To configure the transmit DMA for operation the host must perform:  
Write the MAC source address low bytes register (MACSRCADDRLO) and the MAC source address  
high bytes register (MACSRCADDRHI) (used for pause frames on transmit).  
Initialize the transmit channel n DMA head descriptor pointer registers (TXnHDP) to 0.  
Enable the desired transmit interrupts using the transmit interrupt mask set register (TXINTMASKSET)  
and the transmit interrupt mask clear register (TXINTMASKCLEAR).  
Set the appropriate configuration bits in the MAC control register (MACCONTROL).  
Setup the transmit channel(s) buffer descriptors in host memory.  
Enable the transmit DMA controller by setting the TXEN bit in the transmit control register  
(TXCONTROL).  
Write the appropriate TXnHDP with the pointer to the first descriptor to start transmit operations.  
2.12.2 Transmit Channel Teardown  
The host commands a transmit channel teardown by writing the channel number to the transmit teardown  
register (TXTEARDOWN). When a teardown command is issued to an enabled transmit channel, the  
following occurs:  
Any frame currently in transmission completes normally.  
The TDOWNCMPLT flag is set in the next SOP buffer descriptor in the chain, if there is one.  
The channel head descriptor pointer is cleared to 0.  
A transmit interrupt is issued to inform the host of the channel teardown.  
The corresponding transmit channel n completion pointer register (TXnCP) contains the value  
FFFF FFFCh.  
The host should acknowledge a teardown interrupt with an FFFF FFFCh acknowledge value.  
Channel teardown may be commanded on any channel at any time. The host is informed of the teardown  
completion by the set teardown complete (TDOWNCMPLT) buffer descriptor bit. The EMAC does not  
clear any channel enables due to a teardown command. A teardown command to an inactive channel  
issues an interrupt that software should acknowledge with an FFFF FFFCh acknowledge value to TXnCP  
(note that there is no buffer descriptor in this case). Software may read the interrupt acknowledge location  
(TXnCP) to determine if the interrupt was due to a commanded teardown. The read value is FFFF FFFCh,  
if the interrupt was due to a teardown command.  
2.13 Receive and Transmit Latency  
The transmit FIFO contains twenty-four 64-byte cells and the receive FIFO contains sixty-eight 64-byte  
cells. The EMAC begins transmission of a packet on the wire after TXCELLTHRESH cells (configurable  
through the FIFO control register, FIFOCONTROL) or a complete packet are available in the FIFO.  
Transmit underrun cannot occur for packet sizes of TXCELLTHRESH × 64 bytes (or less). For larger  
packet sizes, transmit underrun can occur if the memory latency is greater than the time required to  
transmit a 64-byte cell on the wire; this is 0.512 ms in 1 Gbit mode, 5.12 ms in 100 Mbps mode, and  
51.2 ms in 10 Mbps mode. The memory latency time includes all buffer descriptor reads for the entire cell  
data. The EMAC transmit FIFO uses 24 cells; thus, underrun cannot happen for a normal size packet (less  
than 1536 packet bytes). Cell transmission can be configured to start only after an entire packet is  
contained in the FIFO; for a maximum-size packet, set the TXCELLTHRESH field to the maximum  
possible value of 24.  
49  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Architecture  
www.ti.com  
Receive overrun is prevented if the receive memory cell latency is less than the time required to transmit a  
64-byte cell on the wire (0.512 ms in 1 Gbps mode, 5.12 ms in 100 Mbps mode, or 51.2ms in 10 Mbps  
mode). The latency time includes any required buffer descriptor reads for the cell data.  
Latency to descriptor RAM is low because RAM is local to the EMAC, as it is part of the EMAC control  
module.  
2.14 Transfer Node Priority  
The DM36x device contains a chip-level register, master priority register (MSTPRI), that is used to set the  
priority of the transfer node used in issuing memory transfer requests to system memory.  
Although the EMAC has internal FIFOs to help alleviate memory transfer arbitration problems, the average  
transfer rate of data read and written by the EMAC to internal or external processor memory must be at  
least that of the Ethernet wire rate. In addition, the internal FIFO system can not withstand a single  
memory latency event greater than the time it takes to fill or empty a TXCELLTHRESH number of internal  
64-byte FIFO cells.  
For 100 Mbps operation, these restrictions translate into the following rules:  
The short-term average, each 64-byte memory read/write request from the EMAC must be serviced in  
no more than 5.12 ms.  
Any single latency event in request servicing can be no longer than (5.12 × TXCELLTHRESH) ms.  
Bits 0-2 of the second chip-level master priority register (MSTPRI1) are used to set the transfer node  
priority within the Switched Central Resource (SCR5) for the EMAC master peripheral.  
A value of 000b has the highest priority, while 111b has the lowest priority. The default priority assigned to  
the EMAC is 100b. It is important to have a balance between all peripherals. In most cases, the default  
priorities will not need adjustment. For more information on the master peripherals priorities, see the  
device-specific data manual.  
2.15 Reset Considerations  
2.15.1 Software Reset Considerations  
Peripheral clock and reset control is done through the Power and Sleep Controller (PSC) module included  
with the device. For more on how the EMAC, MDIO, and EMAC control module are disabled or placed in  
reset at runtime from the registers located in the PSC module, see Section 2.18.  
NOTE: For proper operation, both the EMAC and EMAC control module must be reset in the  
following sequence. First, the soft reset of the EMAC module should be commanded. After  
the reset takes effect (verified by reading back SOFTRESET), the soft reset of the EMAC  
control module should be commanded.  
Within the peripheral there are two controls to separately reset the EMAC and the EMAC control module.  
The EMAC component of the Ethernet MAC peripheral can be placed in a reset state by writing to the  
soft reset register (SOFTRESET). Writing a 1 to the SOFTRESET bit, causes the EMAC logic to be  
reset and the register values to be set to their default values. Software reset occurs when the receive  
and transmit DMA controllers are in an idle state to avoid locking up the configuration bus; it is the  
responsibility of the software to verify that there are no pending frames to be transferred. After writing a  
1 to the SOFTRESET bit, it may be polled to determine if the reset has occurred. If a 1 is read, the  
reset has not yet occurred; if a 0 is read, then a reset has occurred.  
The EMAC control module software reset register (CMSOFTRESET) is used to place the EMAC  
control module logic in soft reset. This resets the control logic, the EMAC registers, as well as, the  
EMAC control module 8KB internal memory that may be used for storing the transfer descriptors.  
After a software reset operation, all the EMAC registers need to be reinitialized for proper data  
transmission.  
Unlike the EMAC module, the MDIO and EMAC control modules cannot be placed in reset from a register  
inside their memory map.  
50  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
www.ti.com  
Architecture  
2.15.2 Hardware Reset Considerations  
When a hardware reset occurs, the EMAC peripheral has its register values reset and all the components  
return to their default state. After the hardware reset, the EMAC needs to be initialized before being able  
to resume its data transmission, as described in Section 2.16.  
A hardware reset is the only means of recovering from the error interrupts (HOSTPEND), which are  
triggered by errors in packet buffer descriptors. Before doing a hardware reset, you should inspect the  
error codes in the MAC status register (MACSTATUS) that gives information about the type of software  
error that needs to be corrected. For detailed information on error interrupts, see Section 2.17.1.5.  
2.16 Initialization  
2.16.1 Enabling the EMAC/MDIO Peripheral  
When the device is powered on, the EMAC peripheral is in a disabled state. Before any EMAC specific  
initialization can take place, the EMAC needs to be enabled; otherwise, its registers cannot be written and  
the reads will all return a value of zero.  
The EMAC/MDIO is enabled through the Power and Sleep Controller (PSC) registers. For information on  
how to enable the EMAC peripheral from the PSC, see the TMS320DM365 Digital Media System-on-Chip  
(DMSoC) ARM Subsystem Reference Guide (SPRUFG5) (SPRUFB3).  
When first enabled, the EMAC peripheral registers are set to their default values. After enabling the  
peripheral, you may proceed with the module specific initialization.  
2.16.2 EMAC Control Module Initialization  
The EMAC control module is used for global interrupt enable, and to pace back-to-back interrupts using  
an interrupt retrigger count based on the peripheral clock (PLL1/6). There is also an 8K block of RAM local  
to the EMAC that is used to hold packet buffer descriptors.  
Note that although the EMAC control module and the EMAC module have slightly different functions, in  
practice, the type of maintenance performed on the EMAC control module is more commonly conducted  
from the EMAC module software (as opposed to the MDIO module).  
The initialization of the EMAC control module consists of two parts:  
1. Configuration of the interrupt to the CPU.  
2. Initialization of the EMAC control module:  
Setting the registers related to interrupt pacing. This applies only to RXPulse and TXPulse  
interrupts. By default, interrupts pacing is disabled. If pacing is enabled by programming the EMAC  
control module interrupt control register (CMINTCTRL), then the CMTXINTMAX and  
CMRXINTMAX registers have to be programmed, to indicate the maximum number of TX_PULSE  
and RX_PULSE interrupts per millisecond.  
Initializing the EMAC and MDIO modules.  
Enabling interrupts in the EMAC control module using the EMAC control module interrupt control  
registers (CMRXTHRESHINTEN, CMRXINTEN, CMTXINTEN, and CMMISCINTEN).  
When using the register-level CSL, the code to perform the actions associated with the second part may  
appear as in Example 4.  
The process of mapping the EMAC interrupts to one of the CPU’s interrupts is done using the ARM  
interrupt controller. Once the interrupt is mapped to a CPU interrupt, general masking and unmasking of  
the interrupt (to control reentrancy) should be done at the chip level by manipulating the interrupt enable  
mask.  
51  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Architecture  
www.ti.com  
Example 4. EMAC Control Module Initialization Code  
Uint32 tmpval ;  
/* Disable all the EMAC/MDIO interrupts in the control module */  
EmacControlRegs->CONTROL.C_RX_EN = 0;  
EmacControlRegs->CONTROL.C_TX_EN = 0;  
EmacControlRegs->CONTROL.C_RX_THRESH_EN = 0;  
EmacControlRegs->CONTROL.C_MISC_EN = 0;  
/* Wait about 100 cycles */  
for( I=0; i<5; I++ )  
tmpval = ECTL_REGS->EWCTL ;  
#ifdef INTT_PACING  
/* Set the control related to pacing of TX and RX interrupts */  
EmacControlRegs->INTR_COUNT->C_RX_IMAX = 0x4; // 4 RX intt/ms  
EmacControlRegs->INTR_COUNT->C_TX_IMAX = 0x4; // 4 TX intt/ms  
EmacControlRegs->INT_CONTROL = 0x30000; //bit16,bit17 for enabling TX and Rx intt pacing.  
EmacControlRegs->INT_CONTROL |= 0x258; // 600 clocks of 150MHz in 4us time  
#endif  
/* Initialize MDIO and EMAC Module */  
[Discussed later in this document]  
/* Enable all the EMAC/MDIO interrupts in the control module */  
EmacControlRegs->CONTROL.C_RX_EN = 0xff;  
EmacControlRegs->CONTROL.C_TX_EN = 0xff;  
EmacControlRegs->CONTROL.C_RX_THRESH_EN = 0xff;  
EmacControlRegs->CONTROL.C_MISC_EN = 0xf;  
52  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
www.ti.com  
Architecture  
2.16.3 MDIO Module Initialization  
The MDIO module is used to initially configure and monitor one or more external PHY devices. Other  
than initializing the software state machine (details on this state machine can be found in the  
IEEE 802.3 standard), all that needs to be done for the MDIO module is to enable the MDIO engine  
and to configure the clock divider. To set the clock divider, supply an MDIO clock of 1 MHz. For  
example, since the base clock used is the peripheral clock (PLL1/6), for a processor operating at a PLL  
frequency of 594 MHz the divider can be set to 99, with slower MDIO clocks for slower peripheral clock  
frequencies being perfectly acceptable.  
Both the state machine enable and the MDIO clock divider are controlled through the MDIO control  
register (CONTROL). If none of the potentially connected PHYs require the access preamble, the  
PREAMBLE bit in CONTROL can also be set to speed up PHY register access. The code for this may  
appear as in Example 5.  
Example 5. MDIO Module Initialization Code  
#define PCLK 99  
...  
/* Enable MDIO and setup divider */  
MDIO_REGS->CONTROL = CSL_FMKT( MDIO_CONTROL_ENABLE, YES) |  
CSL_FMK( MDIO_CONTROL_CLKDIV, PCLK ) ;  
If the MDIO module is to operate on an interrupt basis, the interrupts can be enabled at this time using  
the MDIO user command complete interrupt mask set register (USERINTMASKSET) for register access  
and the MDIO user PHY select register (USERPHYSELn) if a target PHY is already known.  
Once the MDIO state machine has been initialized and enabled, it starts polling all 32 PHY addresses  
on the MDIO bus, looking for an active PHY. Since it can take up to 50 ms to read one register, it can  
be some time before the MDIO module provides an accurate representation of whether a PHY is  
available. Also, a PHY can take up to 3 seconds to negotiate a link. Thus, it is advisable to run the  
MDIO software off a time-based event rather than polling.  
For more information on PHY control registers, see your PHY device documentation.  
53  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Architecture  
www.ti.com  
2.16.4 EMAC Module Initialization  
The EMAC module is used to send and receive data packets over the network. This is done by  
maintaining up to eight transmit and receive descriptor queues. The EMAC module configuration must  
also be kept up-to-date based on PHY negotiation results returned from the MDIO module. Most of the  
work in developing an application or device driver for Ethernet is programming this module.  
The following is the initialization procedure a device driver would follow to get the EMAC to the state  
where it is ready to receive and send Ethernet packets. Some of these steps are not necessary when  
performed immediately after device reset.  
1. If enabled, clear the device interrupt enable in the EMAC control module interrupt control registers  
(CMRXTHRESHINTEN, CMRXINTEN, CMTXINTEN, and CMMISCINTEN).  
2. Clear the MAC control register (MACCONTROL), receive control register (RXCONTROL), and  
transmit control register (TXCONTROL) (not necessary immediately after reset).  
3. Initialize all 16 header descriptor pointer registers (RXnHDP and TXnHDP) to 0.  
4. Clear all 36 statistics registers by writing 0 (not necessary immediately after reset).  
5. Setup the local Ethernet MAC address by programming the MAC index register (MACINDEX), MAC  
address high bytes register (MACADDRHI), and MAC address low bytes register (MACADDRLO).  
Be sure to program all eight MAC addresses - whether the receive channel is to be enabled or not.  
Duplicate the same MAC address across all unused channels. When using more than one receive  
channel, start with channel 0 and progress upwards.  
6. Initialize the receive channel n free buffer count registers (RXnFREEBUFFER), receive channel n  
flow control threshold register (RXnFLOWTHRESH), and receive filter low priority frame threshold  
register (RXFILTERLOWTHRESH), if buffer flow control is to be enabled.  
7. Most device drivers open with no multicast addresses, so clear the MAC address hash registers  
(MACHASH1 and MACHASH2) to 0.  
8. Write the receive buffer offset register (RXBUFFEROFFSET) value (typically zero).  
9. Initially clear all unicast channels by writing FFh to the receive unicast clear register  
(RXUNICASTCLEAR). If unicast is desired, it can be enabled now by writing the receive unicast set  
register (RXUNICASTSET). Some drivers will default to unicast on device open while others will not.  
10. Setup the receive multicast/broadcast/promiscuous channel enable register (RXMBPENABLE) with  
an initial configuration. The configuration is based on the current receive filter settings of the device  
driver. Some drivers may enable things like broadcast and multicast packets immediately, while  
others may not.  
11. Set the appropriate configuration bits in MACCONTROL (do not set the MIIEN bit yet).  
12. Clear all unused channel interrupt bits by writing the receive interrupt mask clear register  
(RXINTMASKCLEAR) and the transmit interrupt mask clear register (TXINTMASKCLEAR).  
13. Enable the receive and transmit channel interrupt bits in the receive interrupt mask set register  
(RXINTMASKSET) and the transmit interrupt mask set register (TXINTMASKSET) for the channels  
to be used, and enable the HOSTMASK and STATMASK bits using the MAC interrupt mask set  
register (MACINTMASKSET).  
14. Initialize the receive and transmit descriptor list queues.  
15. Prepare receive by writing a pointer to the head of the receive buffer descriptor list to RXnHDP.  
16. Enable the receive and transmit DMA controllers by setting the RXEN bit in RXCONTROL and the  
TXEN bit in TXCONTROL. Then set the MIIEN bit in MACCONTROL.  
17. Enable the device interrupt in the EMAC control module interrupt control registers  
(CMRXTHRESHINTEN, CMRXINTEN, CMTXINTEN, and CMMISCINTEN).  
54  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
www.ti.com  
Architecture  
2.17 Interrupt Support  
2.17.1 EMAC Module Interrupt Events and Requests  
The EMAC module generates the following interrupt events:  
RXTHRESHOLDPENDn: Receive threshold interrupt for receive channels 0 through 7  
RXPENDn: Receive packet completion interrupt for receive channels 0 through 7  
TXPENDn: Transmit packet completion interrupt for transmit channels 0 through 7  
STATPEND: Statistics interrupt  
HOSTPEND: Host error interrupt  
USERINT: MDIO user Interrupt  
LINKINT: MDIO link Interrupt  
As shown in Figure 11, the EMAC and MDIO interrupts are multiplexed on four interrupts lines going to  
the CPU.  
Figure 11. EMAC Control Module Interrupt Logic Diagram  
Interrupt control and pacing logic  
RXTHRESHOLDPEND(0..7)  
Receive threshold interrupt  
RXPEND(0..7)  
Receive interrupt  
TXPEND(0..7)  
EMAC core  
Transmit interrupt  
STATPEND  
HOSTPEND  
Miscellaneous interrupt  
MDIO_USER  
MDIO core  
MDIO_LINKINT  
2.17.1.1 Receive Threshold Interrupts  
Each of the eight receive channels have a corresponding receive threshold interrupt  
(RX_THRESH_PEND[0:7]). The receive threshold interrupts are level interrupts that remain asserted  
until the triggering condition is cleared by the host. Each of the eight threshold interrupts may be  
individually enabled by setting the corresponding bit in the receive interrupt mask set register  
(RXINTMASKSET) to 1. Each of the eight channel interrupts may be individually disabled by clearing  
the corresponding bit in the receive interrupt mask clear register (RXINTMASKCLEAR) to 0. The raw  
and masked receive interrupt status may be read from the receive interrupt status (unmasked) register  
(RXINTSTATRAW) and the receive interrupt status (masked) register (RXINTSTATMASKED),  
respectively. An RX_THRES_PEND[7:0] interrupt bit is asserted when enabled and when the channel’s  
associated receive channel n free buffer count register (RXnFREEBUFFER) is less than or equal to the  
channel’s associated receive channel n flow control threshold register (RXnFLOWTHRESH). The  
receive threshold interrupts use the same free buffer count and threshold logic as does flow control, but  
the interrupts are independently enabled from flow control. The threshold interrupts are intended to give  
the host an indication that resources are running low for a particular channel(s).  
2.17.1.2 Transmit Packet Completion Interrupts  
The transmit DMA engine has eight channels, with each channel having a corresponding interrupt  
(TXPENDn). The transmit interrupts are level interrupts that remain asserted until cleared by the CPU.  
55  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Architecture  
www.ti.com  
Each of the eight transmit channel interrupts may be individually enabled by setting the corresponding  
bit in the transmit interrupt mask set register (TXINTMASKSET) to 1. Each of the eight transmit channel  
interrupts may be individually disabled by clearing the corresponding bit in the transmit interrupt mask  
clear register (TXINTMASKCLEAR) to 0. The raw and masked transmit interrupt status may be read  
from the transmit interrupt status (unmasked) register (TXINTSTATRAW) and the transmit interrupt  
status (masked) register (TXINTSTATMASKED), respectively.  
When the EMAC completes the transmission of a packet, the EMAC issues an interrupt to the CPU by  
writing the packet’s last buffer descriptor address to the appropriate channel queue’s transmit  
completion pointer located in the state RAM block. The interrupt is generated by the write when  
enabled by the interrupt mask, regardless of the value written.  
Upon interrupt reception, the CPU processes one or more packets from the buffer chain and then  
acknowledges an interrupt by writing the address of the last buffer descriptor processed to the queue’s  
associated transmit completion pointer in the transmit DMA state RAM.  
The data written by the host (buffer descriptor address of the last processed buffer) is compared to the  
data in the register written by the EMAC port (address of last buffer descriptor used by the EMAC). If  
the two values are not equal (which means that the EMAC has transmitted more packets than the CPU  
has processed interrupts for), the transmit packet completion interrupt signal remains asserted. If the  
two values are equal (which means that the host has processed all packets that the EMAC has  
transferred), the pending interrupt is cleared. The value that the EMAC is expecting is found by reading  
the transmit channel n completion pointer register (TXnCP).  
The EMAC write to the completion pointer actually stores the value in the state RAM. The CPU written  
value does not actually change the register value. The host written value is compared to the register  
content (which was written by the EMAC) and if the two values are equal then the interrupt is removed;  
otherwise, the interrupt remains asserted. The host may process multiple packets prior to  
acknowledging an interrupt, or the host may acknowledge interrupts for every packet.  
2.17.1.3 Receive Packet Completion Interrupts  
The receive DMA engine has eight channels, which each channel having a corresponding interrupt  
(RXPENDn). The receive interrupts are level interrupts that remain asserted until cleared by the CPU.  
Each of the eight receive channel interrupts may be individually enabled by setting the corresponding  
bit in the receive interrupt mask set register (RXINTMASKSET) to 1. Each of the eight receive channel  
interrupts may be individually disabled by clearing the corresponding bit in the receive interrupt mask  
clear register (RXINTMASKCLEAR) to 0. The raw and masked receive interrupt status may be read  
from the receive interrupt status (unmasked) register (RXINTSTATRAW) and the receive interrupt  
status (masked) register (RXINTSTATMASKED), respectively.  
When the EMAC completes a packet reception, the EMAC issues an interrupt to the CPU by writing the  
packet's last buffer descriptor address to the appropriate channel queue's receive completion pointer  
located in the state RAM block. The interrupt is generated by the write when enabled by the interrupt  
mask, regardless of the value written.  
Upon interrupt reception, the CPU processes one or more packets from the buffer chain and then  
acknowledges one or more interrupt(s) by writing the address of the last buffer descriptor processed to  
the queue's associated receive completion pointer in the receive DMA state RAM.  
The data written by the host (buffer descriptor address of the last processed buffer) is compared to the  
data in the register written by the EMAC (address of last buffer descriptor used by the EMAC). If the  
two values are not equal (which means that the EMAC has received more packets than the CPU has  
processed interrupts for), the receive packet completion interrupt signal remains asserted. If the two  
values are equal (which means that the host has processed all packets that the EMAC has received),  
the pending interrupt is de-asserted. The value that the EMAC is expecting is found by reading the  
receive channel n completion pointer register (RXnCP).  
The EMAC write to the completion pointer actually stores the value in the state RAM. The CPU written  
value does not actually change the register value. The host written value is compared to the register  
content (which was written by the EMAC) and if the two values are equal then the interrupt is removed;  
otherwise, the interrupt remains asserted. The host may process multiple packets prior to  
acknowledging an interrupt, or the host may acknowledge interrupts for every packet.  
56  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
www.ti.com  
Architecture  
2.17.1.4 Statistics Interrupt  
The statistics level interrupt (STATPEND) is issued when any statistics value is greater than or equal to  
8000 0000h, if enabled by setting the STATMASK bit in the MAC interrupt mask set register  
(MACINTMASKSET) to 1. The statistics interrupt is removed by writing to decrement any statistics  
value greater than 8000 0000h. As long as the most-significant bit of any statistics value is set, the  
interrupt remains asserted.  
2.17.1.5 Host Error Interrupt  
The host error interrupt (HOSTPEND) is issued, if enabled, under error conditions dealing with the  
handling of buffer descriptors, detected during transmit or receive DMA transactions. The failure of the  
software application to supply properly formatted buffer descriptors results in this error. The error bit  
can only be cleared by resetting the EMAC module in hardware.  
The host error interrupt is enabled by setting the HOSTMASK bit in the MAC interrupt mask set register  
(MACINTMASKSET) to 1. The host error interrupt is disabled by clearing the appropriate bit in the MAC  
interrupt mask clear register (MACINTMASKCLEAR) to 0. The raw and masked host error interrupt  
status may be read by reading the MAC interrupt status (unmasked) register (MACINTSTATRAW) and  
the MAC interrupt status (masked) register (MACINTSTATMASKED), respectively.  
The transmit host error conditions are:  
SOP error  
Ownership bit not set in SOP buffer  
Zero next buffer descriptor pointer with EOP  
Zero buffer pointer  
Zero buffer length  
Packet length error  
The receive host error conditions are:  
Ownership bit not set in input buffer  
Zero buffer pointer  
57  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Architecture  
www.ti.com  
2.17.2 MDIO Module Interrupt Events and Requests  
The MDIO module generates two interrupt events:  
LINKINT: Serial interface link change interrupt. Indicates a change in the state of the PHY link  
USERINT: Serial interface user command event complete interrupt  
2.17.2.1 Link Change Interrupt  
The MDIO module asserts a link change interrupt (LINKINT) if there is a change in the link state of the  
PHY corresponding to the address in the PHYADRMON bit in the MDIO user PHY select register n  
(USERPHYSELn), and if the LINKINTENB bit is also set in USERPHYSELn. This interrupt event is also  
captured in the LINKINTRAW bit in the MDIO link status change interrupt register (LINKINTRAW).  
LINKINTRAW bits 0 and 1 correspond to USERPHYSEL0 and USERPHYSEL1, respectively.  
When the interrupt is enabled and generated, the corresponding LINKINTMASKED bit is also set in the  
MDIO link status change interrupt register (LINKINTMASKED). The interrupt is cleared by writing back  
the same bit to LINKINTMASKED (write to clear).  
2.17.2.2 User Access Completion Interrupt  
When the GO bit in one of the MDIO user access registers (USERACCESSn) transitions from 1 to 0  
(indicating completion of a user access) and the corresponding USERINTMASKSET bit in the MDIO  
user command complete interrupt mask set register (USERINTMASKSET) corresponding to  
USERACCESS0 or USERACCESS1 is set, a user access completion interrupt (USERINT) is asserted.  
This interrupt event is also captured in the USERINTRAW bit in the MDIO user command complete  
interrupt register (USERINTRAW). USERINTRAW bits 0 and bit 1 correspond to USERACCESS0 and  
USERACCESS1, respectively.  
When the interrupt is enabled and generated, the corresponding USERINTMASKED bit is also set in  
the MDIO user command complete interrupt register (USERINTMASKED). The interrupt is cleared by  
writing back the same bit to USERINTMASKED (write to clear).  
2.17.3 Proper Interrupt Processing  
All the interrupts signaled from the EMAC and MDIO modules are level driven, so if they remain active,  
their level remains constant; the CPU core requires edge-triggered interrupts. In order to properly  
convert the level-driven interrupt signal to an edge-triggered signal, the application software must make  
use of the interrupt control logic contained in the EMAC control module.  
Section 2.7.3 discusses the interrupt control contained in the EMAC control module. For safe interrupt  
processing, upon entry to the ISR, the software application should disable interrupts using the EMAC  
control module interrupt control registers (CMRXTHRESHINTEN, CMRXINTEN, CMTXINTEN, and  
CMMISCINTEN), and then reenable them upon leaving the ISR. If any interrupt signals are active at  
that time, this creates another rising edge on the interrupt signal going to the CPU interrupt controller,  
thus triggering another interrupt. The EMAC control module also implements the optional interrupt  
pacing.  
2.17.4 Interrupt Multiplexing  
The EMAC control module combines all the different interrupt signals from both the EMAC and MDIO  
modules and generates four separate interrupt signals that are wired to the ARM interrupt controller  
(AINTC) as seen in Figure 11. Once this interrupt is generated, the reason for the interrupt can be read  
from the MAC input vector register (MACINVECTOR) located in the EMAC memory map.  
MACINVECTOR combines the status of the following 28 interrupt signals: TXPENDn, RXPENDn,  
RXTHRESHPENDn, STATPEND, HOSTPEND, LINKINT, and USERINT.The four interrupt signals are  
multiplexed with the GPIO 8-11 interrupts. For programming the ARM interrupt controller for  
demultiplexing the EMAC interrupts please refer to TMS320DM365 Digital Media System-on-Chip  
(DMSoC) ARM Subsystem Reference Guide (SPRUFG5).  
.
58  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
www.ti.com  
Architecture  
2.18 Power Management  
Each of the three main components of the EMAC peripheral can independently be placed in  
reduced-power modes to conserve power during periods of low activity. The power management of the  
EMAC peripheral is controlled by the processor Power and Sleep Controller (PSC). The PSC acts as a  
master controller for power management on behalf of all of the peripherals on the device.  
The power conservation modes available for each of the three components of the EMAC/MDIO  
peripheral are:  
Idle/Disabled state. This mode stops the clocks going to the peripheral, and prevents all the register  
accesses. After reenabling the peripheral from this idle state, all the registers values prior to setting  
into the disabled state are restored, and data transmission can proceed. No reinitialization is  
required.  
Synchronized reset. This state is similar to the Power-on Reset (POR) state, when the processor is  
turned-on; reset to the peripheral is asserted, and clocks to the peripheral are gated after that. The  
registers are reset to their default value. When powering-up after a synchronized reset, all the  
EMAC submodules need to be reinitialized before any data transmission can happen.  
For more information on the use of the processor Power and Sleep Controller (PSC), see the  
TMS320DM365 Digital Media System-on-Chip (DMSoC) ARM Subsystem Reference Guide  
(SPRUFG5).  
2.19 Emulation Considerations  
NOTE: For correct operation, the EMAC and EMAC control module must both be suspended.  
Thus, the EMCONTROL and CMEMCONTROL registers must be configured alike.  
EMAC emulation control is implemented for compatibility with other peripherals. The SOFT and FREE  
bits in the emulation control register (EMCONTROL) allow EMAC operation to be suspended.  
Additionally, emulation control is also implemented in the EMAC control module with the EMAC control  
module emulation control register (CMEMCONTROL) to allow the EMAC control module activity to be  
suspended.  
When the emulation suspend state is entered, the EMAC stops processing receive and transmit frames  
at the next frame boundary. Any frame currently in reception or transmission is completed normally  
without suspension. For transmission, any complete or partial frame in the transmit cell FIFO is  
transmitted. For receive, frames that are detected by the EMAC after the suspend state is entered are  
ignored. No statistics are kept for ignored frames.  
Table 6 shows how the SOFT and FREE bits affect the operation of the emulation suspend.  
Table 6. Emulation Control  
SOFT  
FREE Description  
0
1
0
0
1
Normal operation  
Emulation suspend  
Normal operation  
X
59  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
EMAC Control Module Registers  
www.ti.com  
3
EMAC Control Module Registers  
Table 7 lists the memory-mapped registers for the EMAC control module. See the device-specific data  
manual for the memory address of these registers.  
Table 7. EMAC Control Module Registers  
Slave VBUS  
Address  
Acronym  
Register Description  
Section  
0h  
4h  
CMIDVER  
Identification and Version Register  
Software Reset Register  
CMSOFTRESET  
CMEMCONTROL  
CMINTCTRL  
8h  
Emulation Control Register  
Ch  
Interrupt Control Register  
10h  
14h  
18h  
1Ch  
40h  
44h  
48h  
4Ch  
70h  
74h  
CMRXTHRESHINTEN  
CMRXINTEN  
Receive Threshold Interrupt Enable Register  
Receive Interrupt Enable Register  
Transmit Interrupt Enable Register  
Miscellaneous Interrupt Enable Register  
Receive Threshold Interrupt Status Register  
Receive Interrupt Status Register  
Transmit Interrupt Status Register  
Miscellaneous Interrupt Status Register  
Receive Interrupts Per Millisecond Register  
Transmit Interrupts Per Millisecond Register  
CMTXINTEN  
CMMISCINTEN  
CMRXTHRESHINTSTAT  
CMRXINTSTAT  
CMTXINTSTAT  
CMMISCINTSTAT  
CMRXINTMAX  
CMTXINTMAX  
3.1 EMAC Control Module Identification and Version Register (CMIDVER)  
The identification and version register (CMIDVER) is shown in Figure 12 and described in Table 8.  
Figure 12. EMAC Control Module Identification and Version Register (CMIDVER)  
31  
15  
16  
0
EWIDENT  
R-2Eh  
11  
10  
EWMAJORVER  
R-1  
8
7
EWRTLVER  
R-0  
EWMINORVER  
R-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 8. EMAC Control Module Identification and Version Register (CMIDVER)  
Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value Description  
31-16 EWIDENT  
EMAC control module identification.  
2Eh  
0
Current EMAC control module identification value.  
EMAC control module RTL version.  
15-11 EWRTLVER  
Current EMAC control module RTL version value.  
10-8  
7-0  
EWMAJORVER  
EWMINORVER  
EMAC control module major version. Revisions are indicated by a revision code taking the format  
EWMAJORVER.EWMINORVER.  
1
0
Current EMAC control module major version value.  
EMAC control module minor version. Revisions are indicated by a revision code taking the format  
EWMAJORVER.EWMINORVER.  
Current EMAC control module minor version value.  
60  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
www.ti.com  
EMAC Control Module Registers  
3.2 EMAC Control Module Software Reset Register (CMSOFTRESET)  
The software reset register (CMSOFTRESET) is shown in Figure 13 and described in Table 9.  
Figure 13. EMAC Control Module Software Reset Register (CMSOFTRESET)  
31  
15  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
1
0
Reserved  
R-0  
SOFTRESET  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 9. EMAC Control Module Software Reset Register (CMSOFTRESET) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-1  
0
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
0
Reserved  
SOFTRESET  
Software reset.  
No effect.  
0
1
Causes the EMAC control module logic to be reset. Software reset occurs on the clock following the  
register bit write.  
3.3 EMAC Control Module Emulation Control Register (CMEMCONTROL)  
The emulation control register (CMEMCONTROL) is shown in Figure 14 and described in Table 10.  
Figure 14. EMAC Control Module Emulation Control Register (CMEMCONTROL)  
31  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
2
1
Reserved  
R-0  
SOFT FREE  
R/W-0 R/W-0  
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 10. EMAC Control Module Emulation Control Register (CMEMCONTROL)  
Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-2  
1
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
SOFT  
0
Reserved  
Emulation soft bit. This bit is used in conjunction with FREE bit to determine the emulation suspend  
mode. This bit has no effect if FREE = 1.  
0
1
Soft mode is disabled. EMAC control module stops immediately during emulation halt.  
Soft mode is enabled. During emulation halt, EMAC control module stops after completion of current  
operation.  
0
FREE  
Emulation free bit. This bit is used in conjunction with SOFT bit to determine the emulation suspend  
mode.  
0
1
Free-running mode is disabled. During emulation halt, SOFT bit determines operation of the EMAC  
control module.  
Free-running mode is enabled. During emulation halt, the EMAC control module continues to operate.  
61  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
EMAC Control Module Registers  
www.ti.com  
3.4 EMAC Control Module Interrupt Control Register (CMINTCTRL)  
The interrupt control register (CMINTCTRL) is shown in Figure 15 and described in Table 11.  
Figure 15. EMAC Control Module Interrupt Control Register (CMINTCTRL)  
31  
30  
18  
17  
INTPACEEN  
R/W-0  
16  
Reserved  
R/W-0  
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
12  
11  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
INTPRESCALE  
R/W-0  
Table 11. EMAC Control Module Interrupt Control Register (CMINTCTRL)  
Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value Description  
31  
Reserved  
0
0
Reserved  
30-18 Reserved  
Reserved  
17-16 INTPACEEN  
0-3h  
Interrupt pacing enable.  
Bit 16 = 1; enables Rx_Pulse Pacing; = 0, disables pacing  
Bit 17 = 1; enables Tx_Pulse Pacing; = 0, disables pacing  
Reserved  
15-12 Reserved  
0
11-0  
INTPRESCALE  
0-7FFh Interrupt counter prescaler. The number of peripheral clock periods in 4 ms.  
62  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
www.ti.com  
EMAC Control Module Registers  
3.5 EMAC Control Module Receive Threshold Interrupt Enable Register  
(CMRXTHRESHINTEN)  
The receive threshold interrupt enable register (CMRXTHRESHINTEN) is shown in Figure 16 and  
described in Table 12.  
Figure 16. EMAC Control Module Receive Threshold Interrupt Enable Register  
(CMRXTHRESHINTEN)  
31  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
8
7
Reserved  
R-0  
RXTHRESHEN  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 12. EMAC Control Module Receive Threshold Interrupt Enable Register  
(CMRXTHRESHINTEN) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-8  
7-0  
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
0
Reserved  
RXTHRESHEN[n]  
Receive threshold interrupt (RXTHRESHPENDn) enable. Each bit controls the corresponding  
channel n receive threshold interrupt.  
Bit n = 0, channel n receive threshold interrupt (RXTHRESHPENDn) is disabled.  
Bit n = 1, channel n receive threshold interrupt (RXTHRESHPENDn) is enabled.  
3.6 EMAC Control Module Receive Interrupt Enable Register (CMRXINTEN)  
The receive interrupt enable register (CMRXINTEN) is shown in Figure 17 and described in Table 13.  
Figure 17. EMAC Control Module Receive Interrupt Enable Register (CMRXINTEN)  
31  
15  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
8
7
0
Reserved  
R-0  
RXPULSEEN  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 13. EMAC Control Module Receive Interrupt Enable Register (CMRXINTEN)  
Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-8  
7-0  
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
RXPULSEEN[n]  
0
Reserved  
Receive interrupt (RXPENDn) enable. Each bit controls the corresponding channel n receive  
interrupt.  
Bit n = 0, channel n receive interrupt (RXPENDn) is disabled.  
Bit n = 1, channel n receive interrupt (RXPENDn) is enabled.  
63  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
EMAC Control Module Registers  
www.ti.com  
3.7 EMAC Control Module Transmit Interrupt Enable Register (CMTXINTEN)  
The transmit interrupt enable register (CMTXINTEN) is shown in Figure 18 and described in Table 14.  
Figure 18. EMAC Control Module Transmit Interrupt Enable Register (CMTXINTEN)  
31  
15  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
8
7
0
Reserved  
R-0  
TXPULSEEN  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 14. EMAC Control Module Transmit Interrupt Enable Register (CMTXINTEN)  
Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-8  
7-0  
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
TXPULSEEN[n]  
0
Reserved  
Transmit interrupt (TXPENDn) enable. Each bit controls the corresponding channel n transmit  
interrupt.  
Bit n = 0,channel n transmit interrupt (TXPENDn) is disabled.  
Bit n = 1, channel n transmit interrupt (TXPENDn) is enabled.  
64  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
www.ti.com  
EMAC Control Module Registers  
3.8 EMAC Control Module Miscellaneous Interrupt Enable Register (CMMISCINTEN)  
The miscellaneous interrupt enable register (CMMISCINTEN) is shown in Figure 19 and described in  
Figure 19. EMAC Control Module Miscellaneous Interrupt Enable Register (CMMISCINTEN)  
31  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved  
R-0  
STATPENDINTEN  
R/W-0  
HOSTPENDINTEN  
R/W-0  
LINKINTEN USERINTEN  
R/W-0 R/W-0  
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 15. EMAC Control Module Miscellaneous Interrupt Enable Register (CMMISCINTEN)  
Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-4  
3
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
0
Reserved  
STATPENDINTEN  
EMAC module statistics interrupt (STATPEND) enable.  
EMAC module statistics interrupt (STATPEND) is disabled.  
EMAC module statistics interrupt (STATPEND) is enabled.  
EMAC module host error interrupt (HOSTPEND) enable.  
EMAC module host error interrupt (HOSTPEND) is disabled.  
EMAC module host error interrupt (HOSTPEND) is enabled.  
MDIO module link change interrupt (LINKINT) enable.  
MDIO module link change interrupt (LINKINT) is disabled.  
MDIO module link change interrupt (LINKINT) is enabled.  
MDIO module user interrupt (USERINT) enable.  
MDIO module user interrupt (USERINT) is disabled.  
MDIO module user interrupt (USERINT) is enabled.  
0
1
2
1
0
HOSTPENDINTEN  
LINKINTEN  
0
1
0
1
USERINTEN  
0
1
65  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
EMAC Control Module Registers  
www.ti.com  
3.9 EMAC Control Module Receive Threshold Interrupt Status Register  
(CMRXTHRESHINTSTAT)  
The receive threshold interrupt status register (CMRXTHRESHINTSTAT) is shown in Figure 20 and  
described in Table 16.  
Figure 20. EMAC Control Module Receive Threshold Interrupt Status Register  
(CMRXTHRESHINTSTAT)  
31  
15  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
8
7
Reserved  
R-0  
RXTHRESHINTTSTAT  
R-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 16. EMAC Control Module Receive Threshold Interrupt Status Register  
(CMRXTHRESHINTSTAT) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-8 Reserved  
7-0 RXTHRESHINTTSTAT[n]  
Field  
Value Description  
0
Reserved  
Receive threshold interrupt status. Each bit shows the status of the corresponding  
channel n receive threshold interrupt.  
Bit n = 0, channel n receive threshold interrupt is not pending.  
Bit n = 1, channel n receive threshold interrupt is pending.  
3.10 EMAC Control Module Receive Interrupt Status Register (CMRXINTSTAT)  
The receive interrupt status register (CMRXINTSTAT) is shown in Figure 21and described in Table 17.  
Figure 21. EMAC Control Module Receive Interrupt Status Register (CMRXINTSTAT)  
31  
15  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
8
7
0
Reserved  
R-0  
RXPULSEINTTSTAT  
R-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 17. EMAC Control Module Receive Interrupt Status Register (CMRXINTSTAT)  
Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-8 Reserved  
7-0 RXPULSEINTTSTAT[n]  
Field  
Value Description  
0
Reserved  
Receive interrupt status. Each bit shows the status of the corresponding channel n receive  
interrupt.  
Bit n = 0, channel n receive interrupt is not pending.  
Bit n = 1, channel n receive interrupt is pending.  
66  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
www.ti.com  
EMAC Control Module Registers  
3.11 EMAC Control Module Transmit Interrupt Status Register (CMTXINTSTAT)  
The transmit interrupt status register (CMTXINTSTAT) is shown in Figure 22 and described in Table 18.  
Figure 22. EMAC Control Module Transmit Interrupt Status Register (CMTXINTSTAT)  
31  
15  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
8
7
Reserved  
R-0  
TXPULSEINTTSTAT  
R-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 18. EMAC Control Module Transmit Interrupt Status Register (CMTXINTSTAT)  
Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-8  
7-0  
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
0
Reserved  
TXPULSEINTTSTAT[n]  
Transmit interrupt status. Each bit shows the status of the corresponding channel n transmit  
interrupt.  
Bit n = 0, channel n transmit interrupt is not pending.  
Bit n = 1, channel n transmit interrupt is pending.  
67  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
EMAC Control Module Registers  
www.ti.com  
3.12 EMAC Control Module Miscellaneous Interrupt Status Register (EWMISCSTAT)  
The miscellaneous interrupt status register (EWMISCSTAT) is shown in Figure 23 and described in  
Figure 23. EMAC Control Module Miscellaneous Interrupt Status Register (CMMISCINTSTAT)  
31  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
4
3
STATPENDINTSTAT  
R-0  
2
HOSTPENDINTSTAT  
R-0  
1
0
Reserved  
R-0  
LINKINTSTAT USERINTSTAT  
R-0 R-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 19. EMAC Control Module Miscellaneous Interrupt Status Register (CMMISCINTSTAT)  
Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-4  
3
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
0
Reserved  
STATPENDINTSTAT  
EMAC module statistics interrupt (STATPEND) status.  
EMAC module statistics interrupt (STATPEND) is not pending.  
EMAC module statistics interrupt (STATPEND) is pending.  
EMAC module host error interrupt (HOSTPEND) status.  
EMAC module host error interrupt (HOSTPEND) is not pending.  
EMAC module host error interrupt (HOSTPEND) is pending.  
MDIO module link change interrupt (LINKINT) status.  
MDIO module link change interrupt (LINKINT) is not pending.  
MDIO module link change interrupt (LINKINT) is pending.  
MDIO module user interrupt (USERINT) status.  
0
1
2
1
0
HOSTPENDINTSTAT  
LINKINTSTAT  
0
1
0
1
USERINTSTAT  
0
1
MDIO module user interrupt (USERINT) is not pending.  
MDIO module user interrupt (USERINT) is pending.  
68  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
www.ti.com  
EMAC Control Module Registers  
3.13 EMAC Control Module Receive Interrupts per Millisecond Register (CMRXINTMAX)  
The receive interrupts per millisecond register (CMRXINTMAX) is shown in Figure 24and described in  
Figure 24. EMAC Control Module Receive Interrupts per Millisecond Register (CMRXINTMAX)  
31  
15  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
6
5
0
Reserved  
R-0  
RXIMAX  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 20. EMAC Control Module Receive Interrupts per Millisecond Register (CMRXINTMAX)  
Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-6  
5-0  
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
Reserved  
RXIMAX  
0
2-3Fh Receive interrupts per millisecond. The maximum number of interrupts per millisecond generated on  
RX_PULSE, if pacing is enabled for this interrupt. Valid values are 2 to 63.  
0-1h  
Reserved  
3.14 EMAC Control Module Transmit Interrupts per Millisecond Register (CMTXINTMAX)  
The transmit interrupts per millisecond register (CMTXINTMAX) is shown in Figure 25and described in  
Figure 25. EMAC Control Module Transmit Interrupts per Millisecond Register (CMTXINTMAX)  
31  
15  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
6
5
0
Reserved  
R-0  
TXIMAX  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 21. EMAC Control Module Transmit Interrupts per Millisecond Register (CMTXINTMAX)  
Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-6  
5-0  
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
Reserved  
TXIMAX  
0
2-3Fh Transmit interrupts per millisecond. The maximum number of interrupts per millisecond generated on  
TX_PULSE, if pacing is enabled for this interrupt. Valid values are 2 to 63.  
0-1h  
Reserved  
69  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
MDIO Registers  
www.ti.com  
4
MDIO Registers  
Table 22 lists the memory-mapped registers for the MDIO module. See the device-specific data manual  
for the memory address of these registers.  
Table 22. Management Data Input/Output (MDIO) Registers  
Offset  
0h  
Acronym  
Register Description  
Section  
VERSION  
MDIO Version Register  
4h  
CONTROL  
MDIO Control Register  
8h  
ALIVE  
PHY Alive Status register  
Ch  
LINK  
PHY Link Status Register  
10h  
14h  
20h  
24h  
28h  
2Ch  
80h  
84h  
88h  
8Ch  
LINKINTRAW  
LINKINTMASKED  
USERINTRAW  
USERINTMASKED  
USERINTMASKSET  
USERINTMASKCLEAR  
USERACCESS0  
USERPHYSEL0  
USERACCESS1  
USERPHYSEL1  
MDIO Link Status Change Interrupt (Unmasked) Register  
MDIO Link Status Change Interrupt (Masked) Register  
MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt (Unmasked) Register  
MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt (Masked) Register  
MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt Mask Set Register  
MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt Mask Clear Register  
MDIO User Access Register 0  
MDIO User PHY Select Register 0  
MDIO User Access Register 1  
MDIO User PHY Select Register 1  
4.1 MDIO Version Register (VERSION)  
The MDIO version register (VERSION) is shown in Figure 26 and described in Table 23.  
Figure 26. MDIO Version Register (VERSION)  
31  
16  
0
MODID  
R-7h  
15  
8
7
REVMAJ  
R-1h  
REVMIN  
R-4h  
LEGEND: R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 23. MDIO Version Register (VERSION) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value  
Description  
31-16 MODID  
0-FFFFh  
7h  
Identifies type of peripheral.  
MDIO  
15-8  
7-0  
REVMAJ  
REVMIN  
0-FFh  
1h  
Identifies major revision of peripheral.  
Current major revision of peripheral.  
Identifies minor revision of peripheral.  
Current minor revision of peripheral.  
0-FFh  
4h  
70  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
www.ti.com  
MDIO Registers  
4.2 MDIO Control Register (CONTROL)  
The MDIO control register (CONTROL) is shown in Figure 27 and described in Table 24.  
Figure 27. MDIO Control Register (CONTROL)  
31  
IDLE  
R-1  
30  
29  
Rsvd  
R-0  
28  
24  
23  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
ENABLE  
R/W-0  
HIGHEST_USER_CHANNEL  
R-1  
Reserved  
R-0  
PREAMBLE  
R/W-0  
FAULT  
R/W1C-0  
FAULTENB  
R/W-0  
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
0
CLKDIV  
R/W-FFh  
LEGEND: R/W = R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; W1C = Write 1 to clear, write of 0 has no effect; -n = value after reset  
Table 24. MDIO Control Register (CONTROL) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value  
Description  
31  
IDLE  
State machine IDLE status bit  
State machine is not in idle state  
State machine is in idle state  
0
1
30  
ENABLE  
State machine enable control bit. If the MDIO state machine is active at the time  
it is disabled, it will complete the current operation before halting and setting the  
idle bit.  
0
1
Disables the MDIO state machine  
Enable the MDIO state machine  
Reserved  
29  
Reserved  
0
28-24 HIGHEST_USER_CHANNEL  
23-21 Reserved  
0-1Fh  
Highest user channel that is available in the module. It is currently set to 1. This  
implies that MDIOUserAccess1 is the highest available user access channel.  
0
Reserved  
20  
PREAMBLE  
Preamble disable  
0
1
Standard MDIO preamble is used  
Disables this device from sending MDIO frame preambles  
19  
FAULT  
Fault indicator. This bit is set to 1 if the MDIO pins fail to read back what the  
device is driving onto them. This indicates a physical layer fault and the module  
state machine is reset. Writing a 1 to it clears this bit, writing a 0 has no effect.  
0
1
No failure  
Physical layer fault; the MDIO state machine is reset  
18  
FAULTENB  
Fault detect enable. This bit has to be set to 1 to enable the physical layer fault  
detection.  
0
Disables the physical layer fault detection  
Enables the physical layer fault detection  
Reserved  
1
0
17-16 Reserved  
15-0 CLKDIV  
0-FFFFh  
Clock Divider bits. This field specifies the division ratio between the peripheral  
clock and the frequency of MDCLK. MDCLK is disabled when CLKDIV is set to  
0. MDCLK frequency = peripheral clock frequency/(CLKDIV + 1).  
71  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MDIO Registers  
www.ti.com  
4.3 PHY Acknowledge Status Register (ALIVE)  
The PHY acknowledge status register (ALIVE) is shown in Figure 28 and described in Table 25.  
Figure 28. PHY Acknowledge Status Register (ALIVE)  
31  
15  
16  
0
ALIVE  
R/W1C-0  
ALIVE  
R/W1C-0  
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; W1C = Write 1 to clear, write of 0 has no effect; -n = value after reset  
Table 25. PHY Acknowledge Status Register (ALIVE) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value  
Description  
31-0  
ALIVE  
0-FFFF FFFFh  
MDIO Alive bits. Each of the 32 bits of this register is set if the most recent access to the PHY with  
address corresponding to the register bit number was acknowledged by the PHY; the bit is reset if  
the PHY fails to acknowledge the access. Both the user and polling accesses to a PHY will cause  
the corresponding alive bit to be updated. The alive bits are only meant to be used to give an  
indication of the presence or not of a PHY with the corresponding address. Writing a 1 to any bit  
will clear it, writing a 0 has no effect.  
0
1
The PHY fails to acknowledge the access.  
The most recent access to the PHY with an address corresponding to the register bit number was  
acknowledged by the PHY.  
4.4 PHY Link Status Register (LINK)  
The PHY link status register (LINK) is shown in Figure 29 and described in Table 26.  
Figure 29. PHY Link Status Register (LINK)  
31  
16  
0
LINK  
R-0  
15  
LINK  
R-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 26. PHY Link Status Register (LINK) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value  
Description  
31-0  
LINK  
0-FFFF FFFFh  
MDIO Link state bits. This register is updated after a read of the generic status register of a PHY.  
The bit is set if the PHY with the corresponding address has link and the PHY acknowledges the  
read transaction. The bit is reset if the PHY indicates it does not have link or fails to acknowledge  
the read transaction. Writes to the register have no effect.  
0
1
The PHY indicates it does not have a link or fails to acknowledge the read transaction  
The PHY with the corresponding address has a link and the PHY acknowledges the read  
transaction.  
72  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
www.ti.com  
MDIO Registers  
4.5 MDIO Link Status Change Interrupt (Unmasked) Register (LINKINTRAW)  
The MDIO link status change interrupt (unmasked) register (LINKINTRAW) is shown in Figure 30 and  
described in Table 27.  
Figure 30. MDIO Link Status Change Interrupt (Unmasked) Register (LINKINTRAW)  
31  
15  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
2
1
0
Reserved  
R-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; W1C = Write 1 to clear, write of 0 has no effect; -n = value after reset  
LINKINTRAW  
R/W1C-0  
Table 27. MDIO Link Status Change Interrupt (Unmasked) Register (LINKINTRAW)  
Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-2  
1-0  
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
LINKINTRAW  
0
Reserved  
0-3h  
MDIO Link change event, raw value. When asserted, a bit indicates that there was an MDIO link  
change event (that is, change in the LINK register) corresponding to the PHY address in the  
USERPHYSEL register. LINKINTRAW[0] and LINKINTRAW[1] correspond to USERPHYSEL0 and  
USERPHYSEL1, respectively. Writing a 1 will clear the event and writing a 0 has no effect.  
0
1
No MDIO link change event.  
An MDIO link change event (change in the LINK register) corresponding to the PHY address in  
MDIO user PHY select register n (USERPHYSELn).  
73  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MDIO Registers  
www.ti.com  
4.6 MDIO Link Status Change Interrupt (Masked) Register (LINKINTMASKED)  
The MDIO link status change interrupt (masked) register (LINKINTMASKED) is shown in Figure 31 and  
described in Table 28.  
Figure 31. MDIO Link Status Change Interrupt (Masked) Register (LINKINTMASKED)  
31  
15  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
2
1
0
Reserved  
R-0  
LINKINTMASKED  
R/W1C-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; W1C = Write 1 to clear, write of 0 has no effect; -n = value after reset  
Table 28. MDIO Link Status Change Interrupt (Masked) Register (LINKINTMASKED)  
Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-2  
1-0  
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
0
Reserved  
LINKINTMASKED  
0-3h  
MDIO Link change interrupt, masked value. When asserted, a bit indicates that there was an MDIO  
link change event (that is, change in the LINK register) corresponding to the PHY address in the  
USERPHYSEL register and the corresponding LINKINTENB bit was set. LINKINTMASKED[0] and  
LINKINTMASKED[1] correspond to USERPHYSEL0 and USERPHYSEL1, respectively. Writing a 1  
will clear the event and writing a 0 has no effect.  
0
1
No MDIO link change event.  
An MDIO link change event (change in the LINK register) corresponding to the PHY address in  
MDIO user PHY select register n (USERPHYSELn) and the LINKINTENB bit in USERPHYSELn is  
set to 1.  
74  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
www.ti.com  
MDIO Registers  
4.7 MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt (Unmasked) Register (USERINTRAW)  
The MDIO user command complete interrupt (unmasked) register (USERINTRAW) is shown in  
Figure 32 and described in Table 29.  
Figure 32. MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt (Unmasked) Register (USERINTRAW)  
31  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
2
1
Reserved  
R-0  
USERINTRAW  
R/W1C-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; W1C = Write 1 to clear, write of 0 has no effect; -n = value after reset  
Table 29. MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt (Unmasked) Register (USERINTRAW)  
Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-2  
1-0  
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
0
Reserved  
USERINTRAW  
0-3h  
MDIO User command complete event bits. When asserted, a bit indicates that the previously  
scheduled PHY read or write command using that particular USERACCESS register has  
completed. USERINTRAW[0] and USERINTRAW[1] correspond to USERACCESS0 and  
USERACCESS1, respectively. Writing a 1 will clear the event and writing a 0 has no effect.  
0
1
No MDIO user command complete event.  
The previously scheduled PHY read or write command using MDIO user access register n  
(USERACCESSn) has completed.  
75  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MDIO Registers  
www.ti.com  
4.8 MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt (Masked) Register (USERINTMASKED)  
The MDIO user command complete interrupt (masked) register (USERINTMASKED) is shown in  
Figure 33 and described in Table 30.  
Figure 33. MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt (Masked) Register (USERINTMASKED)  
31  
15  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
2
1
Reserved  
R-0  
USERINTMASKED  
R/W1C-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; W1C = Write 1 to clear, write of 0 has no effect; -n = value after reset  
Table 30. MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt (Masked) Register (USERINTMASKED)  
Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-2  
1-0  
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
0
Reserved  
USERINTMASKED  
0-3h  
Masked value of MDIO User command complete interrupt. When asserted, a bit indicates that  
the previously scheduled PHY read or write command using that particular USERACCESS  
register has completed and the corresponding USERINTMASKSET bit is set to 1.  
USERINTMASKED[0] and USERINTMASKED[1] correspond to USERACCESS0 and  
USERACCESS1, respectively. Writing a 1 will clear the interrupt and writing a 0 has no effect.  
0
1
No MDIO user command complete event.  
The previously scheduled PHY read or write command using MDIO user access register n  
(USERACCESSn) has completed and the corresponding bit in USERINTMASKSET is set to 1.  
76  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
www.ti.com  
MDIO Registers  
4.9 MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt Mask Set Register (USERINTMASKSET)  
The MDIO user command complete interrupt mask set register (USERINTMASKSET) is shown in  
Figure 34 and described in Table 31.  
Figure 34. MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt Mask Set Register (USERINTMASKSET)  
31  
15  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
2
1
0
Reserved  
R-0  
USERINTMASKSET  
R/W1S-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; W1S = Write 1 to set, write of 0 has no effect; -n = value after reset  
Table 31. MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt Mask Set Register (USERINTMASKSET)  
Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-2  
1-0  
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
0
Reserved  
USERINTMASKSET  
0-3h  
MDIO user interrupt mask set for USERINTMASKED[1:0], respectively. Setting a bit to 1 will  
enable MDIO user command complete interrupts for that particular USERACCESS register.  
MDIO user interrupt for a particular USERACCESS register is disabled if the corresponding bit  
is 0. USERINTMASKSET[0] and USERINTMASKSET[1] correspond to USERACCESS0 and  
USERACCESS1, respectively. Writing a 0 to this register has no effect.  
0
1
MDIO user command complete interrupts for the MDIO user access register n  
(USERACCESSn) are disabled.  
MDIO user command complete interrupts for the MDIO user access register n  
(USERACCESSn) are enabled.  
77  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MDIO Registers  
www.ti.com  
4.10 MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt Mask Clear Register  
(USERINTMASKCLEAR)  
The MDIO user command complete interrupt mask clear register (USERINTMASKCLEAR) is shown in  
Figure 35 and described in Table 32.  
Figure 35. MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt Mask Clear Register  
(USERINTMASKCLEAR)  
31  
15  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
2
1
0
Reserved  
R-0  
USERINTMASKCLEAR  
R/W1C-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; W1C = Write 1 to clear, write of 0 has no effect; -n = value after reset  
Table 32. MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt Mask Clear Register (USERINTMASKCLEAR)  
Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-2 Reserved  
1-0 USERINTMASKCLEAR  
Field  
Value  
0
Description  
Reserved  
0-3h  
MDIO user command complete interrupt mask clear for USERINTMASKED[1:0],  
respectively. Setting a bit to 1 will disable further user command complete interrupts  
for that particular USERACCESS register. USERINTMASKCLEAR[0] and  
USERINTMASKCLEAR[1] correspond to USERACCESS0 and USERACCESS1,  
respectively. Writing a 0 to this register has no effect.  
0
1
MDIO user command complete interrupts for the MDIO user access register n  
(USERACCESSn) are enabled.  
MDIO user command complete interrupts for the MDIO user access register n  
(USERACCESSn) are disabled.  
78  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
www.ti.com  
MDIO Registers  
4.11 MDIO User Access Register 0 (USERACCESS0)  
The MDIO user access register 0 (USERACCESS0) is shown in Figure 36 and described in Table 33.  
Figure 36. MDIO User Access Register 0 (USERACCESS0)  
31  
GO  
30  
29  
28  
26  
25  
21  
20  
16  
0
WRITE ACK  
R/W-0 R/W-0  
Reserved  
R-0  
REGADR  
R/W-0  
PHYADR  
R/W-0  
R/W1S-0  
15  
DATA  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; W1S = Write 1 to set, write of 0 has no effect; -n = value after reset  
Table 33. MDIO User Access Register 0 (USERACCESS0) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value  
Description  
31  
GO  
0-1  
Go bit. Writing a 1 to this bit causes the MDIO state machine to perform an MDIO access when it  
is convenient for it to do so; this is not an instantaneous process. Writing a 0 to this bit has no  
effect. This bit is writeable only if the MDIO state machine is enabled. This bit will self clear when  
the requested access has been completed. Any writes to the USERACCESS0 register are blocked  
when the GO bit is 1.  
30  
29  
WRITE  
ACK  
Write enable bit. Setting this bit to 1 causes the MDIO transaction to be a register write; otherwise,  
it is a register read.  
0
1
The user command is a read operation.  
The user command is a write operation.  
0-1  
Acknowledge bit. This bit is set if the PHY acknowledged the read transaction.  
Reserved  
28-26 Reserved  
25-21 REGADR  
20-16 PHYADR  
0
0-1Fh  
0-1Fh  
0-FFFFh  
Register address bits. This field specifies the PHY register to be accessed for this transaction  
PHY address bits. This field specifies the PHY to be accessed for this transaction.  
15-0  
DATA  
User data bits. These bits specify the data value read from or to be written to the specified PHY  
register.  
79  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MDIO Registers  
www.ti.com  
4.12 MDIO User PHY Select Register 0 (USERPHYSEL0)  
The MDIO user PHY select register 0 (USERPHYSEL0) is shown in Figure 37 and described in  
Figure 37. MDIO User PHY Select Register 0 (USERPHYSEL0)  
31  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
8
7
6
5
4
Reserved  
R-0  
LINKSEL LINKINTENB Rsvd  
R/W-0 R/W-0 R-0  
PHYADRMON  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 34. MDIO User PHY Select Register 0 (USERPHYSEL0) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-8  
7
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
LINKSEL  
0
Reserved  
Link status determination select bit. Default value is 0, which implies that the link status is  
determined by the MDIO state machine. This is the only option supported on this device.  
0
1
The link status is determined by the MDIO state machine.  
Not supported.  
6
LINKINTENB  
Link change interrupt enable. Set to 1 to enable link change status interrupts for PHY address  
specified in PHYADRMON. Link change interrupts are disabled if this bit is set to 0.  
0
1
0
Link change interrupts are disabled.  
Link change status interrupts for PHY address specified in PHYADDRMON bits are enabled.  
Reserved  
5
Reserved  
4-0  
PHYADRMON  
0-1Fh PHY address whose link status is to be monitored.  
80  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
www.ti.com  
MDIO Registers  
4.13 MDIO User Access Register 1 (USERACCESS1)  
The MDIO user access register 1 (USERACCESS1) is shown in Figure 38 and described in Table 35.  
Figure 38. MDIO User Access Register 1 (USERACCESS1)  
31  
GO  
30  
29  
28  
26  
25  
21  
20  
16  
0
WRITE ACK  
R/W-0 R/W-0  
Reserved  
R-0  
REGADR  
R/W-0  
PHYADR  
R/W-0  
R/W1S-0  
15  
DATA  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; W1S = Write 1 to set, write of 0 has no effect; -n = value after reset  
Table 35. MDIO User Access Register 1 (USERACCESS1) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value  
Description  
31  
GO  
0-1  
Go bit. Writing 1 to this bit causes the MDIO state machine to perform an MDIO access when it is  
convenient for it to do so; this is not an instantaneous process. Writing 0 to this bit has no effect.  
This bit is writeable only if the MDIO state machine is enabled. This bit will self clear when the  
requested access has been completed. Any writes to the USERACCESS0 register are blocked  
when the GO bit is 1.  
30  
29  
WRITE  
ACK  
Write enable bit. Setting this bit to 1 causes the MDIO transaction to be a register write; otherwise,  
it is a register read.  
0
1
The user command is a read operation.  
The user command is a write operation.  
0-1  
Acknowledge bit. This bit is set if the PHY acknowledged the read transaction.  
Reserved  
28-26 Reserved  
25-21 REGADR  
20-16 PHYADR  
0
0-1Fh  
0-1Fh  
0-FFFFh  
Register address bits. This field specifies the PHY register to be accessed for this transaction  
PHY address bits. This field specifies the PHY to be accessed for this transaction.  
15-0  
DATA  
User data bits. These bits specify the data value read from or to be written to the specified PHY  
register.  
81  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MDIO Registers  
www.ti.com  
4.14 MDIO User PHY Select Register 1 (USERPHYSEL1)  
The MDIO user PHY select register 1 (USERPHYSEL1) is shown in Figure 39 and described in  
Figure 39. MDIO User PHY Select Register 1 (USERPHYSEL1)  
31  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
8
7
6
5
4
Reserved  
R-0  
LINKSEL LINKINTENB Rsvd  
R/W-0 R/W-0 R-0  
PHYADRMON  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 36. MDIO User PHY Select Register 1 (USERPHYSEL1) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-8  
7
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
LINKSEL  
0
Reserved  
Link status determination select bit. Default value is 0, which implies that the link status is  
determined by the MDIO state machine. This is the only option supported on this device.  
0
1
The link status is determined by the MDIO state machine.  
Not supported.  
6
LINKINTENB  
Link change interrupt enable. Set to 1 to enable link change status interrupts for the PHY address  
specified in PHYADRMON. Link change interrupts are disabled if this bit is set to 0.  
0
1
0
Link change interrupts are disabled.  
Link change status interrupts for PHY address specified in PHYADDRMON bits are enabled.  
PHY address whose link status is to be monitored.  
5
Reserved  
4-0  
PHYADRMON  
0-1Fh PHY address whose link status is to be monitored.  
82  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
5
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
Table 37 lists the memory-mapped registers for the EMAC. See the device-specific data manual for the  
memory address of these registers.  
Table 37. Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
Offset Acronym  
Register Description  
Section  
0h  
TXIDVER  
Transmit Identification and Version Register  
Transmit Control Register  
4h  
TXCONTROL  
8h  
TXTEARDOWN  
Transmit Teardown Register  
10h  
RXIDVER  
Receive Identification and Version Register  
Receive Control Register  
14h  
RXCONTROL  
18h  
RXTEARDOWN  
Receive Teardown Register  
80h  
TXINTSTATRAW  
TXINTSTATMASKED  
TXINTMASKSET  
TXINTMASKCLEAR  
MACINVECTOR  
Transmit Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register  
Transmit Interrupt Status (Masked) Register  
Transmit Interrupt Mask Set Register  
84h  
88h  
8Ch  
90h  
Transmit Interrupt Clear Register  
MAC Input Vector Register  
94h  
MACEOIVECTOR  
RXINTSTATRAW  
RXINTSTATMASKED  
RXINTMASKSET  
RXINTMASKCLEAR  
MACINTSTATRAW  
MACINTSTATMASKED  
MACINTMASKSET  
MACINTMASKCLEAR  
RXMBPENABLE  
MAC End of Interrupt Vector Register  
A0h  
Receive Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register  
Receive Interrupt Status (Masked) Register  
Receive Interrupt Mask Set Register  
A4h  
A8h  
ACh  
B0h  
Receive Interrupt Mask Clear Register  
MAC Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register  
MAC Interrupt Status (Masked) Register  
MAC Interrupt Mask Set Register  
B4h  
B8h  
BCh  
100h  
104h  
108h  
10Ch  
110h  
114h  
120h  
124h  
128h  
12Ch  
130h  
134h  
138h  
13Ch  
140h  
144h  
148h  
14Ch  
150h  
154h  
158h  
15Ch  
160h  
MAC Interrupt Mask Clear Register  
Receive Multicast/Broadcast/Promiscuous Channel Enable Register  
Receive Unicast Enable Set Register  
RXUNICASTSET  
RXUNICASTCLEAR  
RXMAXLEN  
Receive Unicast Clear Register  
Receive Maximum Length Register  
RXBUFFEROFFSET  
RXFILTERLOWTHRESH  
RX0FLOWTHRESH  
RX1FLOWTHRESH  
RX2FLOWTHRESH  
RX3FLOWTHRESH  
RX4FLOWTHRESH  
RX5FLOWTHRESH  
RX6FLOWTHRESH  
RX7FLOWTHRESH  
RX0FREEBUFFER  
RX1FREEBUFFER  
RX2FREEBUFFER  
RX3FREEBUFFER  
RX4FREEBUFFER  
RX5FREEBUFFER  
RX6FREEBUFFER  
RX7FREEBUFFER  
MACCONTROL  
Receive Buffer Offset Register  
Receive Filter Low Priority Frame Threshold Register  
Receive Channel 0 Flow Control Threshold Register  
Receive Channel 1 Flow Control Threshold Register  
Receive Channel 2 Flow Control Threshold Register  
Receive Channel 3 Flow Control Threshold Register  
Receive Channel 4 Flow Control Threshold Register  
Receive Channel 5 Flow Control Threshold Register  
Receive Channel 6 Flow Control Threshold Register  
Receive Channel 7 Flow Control Threshold Register  
Receive Channel 0 Free Buffer Count Register  
Receive Channel 1 Free Buffer Count Register  
Receive Channel 2 Free Buffer Count Register  
Receive Channel 3 Free Buffer Count Register  
Receive Channel 4 Free Buffer Count Register  
Receive Channel 5 Free Buffer Count Register  
Receive Channel 6 Free Buffer Count Register  
Receive Channel 7 Free Buffer Count Register  
MAC Control Register  
83  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
Table 37. Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers (continued)  
Offset Acronym  
Register Description  
Section  
164h  
168h  
16Ch  
170h  
174h  
1D0h  
1D4h  
1D8h  
MACSTATUS  
MAC Status Register  
EMCONTROL  
FIFOCONTROL  
MACCONFIG  
Emulation Control Register  
FIFO Control Register  
MAC Configuration Register  
SOFTRESET  
Soft Reset Register  
MACSRCADDRLO  
MACSRCADDRHI  
MACHASH1  
MAC Source Address Low Bytes Register  
MAC Source Address High Bytes Register  
MAC Hash Address Register 1  
1DCh MACHASH2  
MAC Hash Address Register 2  
1E0h  
1E4h  
1E8h  
BOFFTEST  
TPACETEST  
RXPAUSE  
Back Off Test Register  
Transmit Pacing Algorithm Test Register  
Receive Pause Timer Register  
1ECh TXPAUSE  
MACADDRLO  
Transmit Pause Timer Register  
500h  
504h  
508h  
600h  
604h  
608h  
60Ch  
610h  
614h  
618h  
61Ch  
620h  
624h  
628h  
62Ch  
630h  
634h  
638h  
63Ch  
640h  
644h  
648h  
64Ch  
650h  
654h  
658h  
65Ch  
660h  
664h  
668h  
66Ch  
670h  
674h  
678h  
MAC Address Low Bytes Register, Used in Receive Address Matching  
MAC Address High Bytes Register, Used in Receive Address Matching  
MAC Index Register  
MACADDRHI  
MACINDEX  
TX0HDP  
TX1HDP  
TX2HDP  
TX3HDP  
TX4HDP  
TX5HDP  
TX6HDP  
TX7HDP  
RX0HDP  
RX1HDP  
RX2HDP  
RX3HDP  
RX4HDP  
RX5HDP  
RX6HDP  
RX7HDP  
TX0CP  
Transmit Channel 0 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register  
Transmit Channel 1 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register  
Transmit Channel 2 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register  
Transmit Channel 3 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register  
Transmit Channel 4 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register  
Transmit Channel 5 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register  
Transmit Channel 6 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register  
Transmit Channel 7 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register  
Receive Channel 0 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register  
Receive Channel 1 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register  
Receive Channel 2 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register  
Receive Channel 3 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register  
Receive Channel 4 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register  
Receive Channel 5 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register  
Receive Channel 6 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register  
Receive Channel 7 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register  
Transmit Channel 0 Completion Pointer Register  
Transmit Channel 1 Completion Pointer Register  
Transmit Channel 2 Completion Pointer Register  
Transmit Channel 3 Completion Pointer Register  
Transmit Channel 4 Completion Pointer Register  
Transmit Channel 5 Completion Pointer Register  
Transmit Channel 6 Completion Pointer Register  
Transmit Channel 7 Completion Pointer Register  
Receive Channel 0 Completion Pointer Register  
Receive Channel 1 Completion Pointer Register  
Receive Channel 2 Completion Pointer Register  
Receive Channel 3 Completion Pointer Register  
Receive Channel 4 Completion Pointer Register  
Receive Channel 5 Completion Pointer Register  
Receive Channel 6 Completion Pointer Register  
TX1CP  
TX2CP  
TX3CP  
TX4CP  
TX5CP  
TX6CP  
TX7CP  
RX0CP  
RX1CP  
RX2CP  
RX3CP  
RX4CP  
RX5CP  
RX6CP  
84  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
Table 37. Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers (continued)  
Offset Acronym  
Register Description  
Section  
67Ch  
RX7CP  
Receive Channel 7 Completion Pointer Register  
Network Statistics Registers  
Good Receive Frames Register  
Broadcast Receive Frames Register  
Multicast Receive Frames Register  
Pause Receive Frames Register  
Receive CRC Errors Register  
200h  
204h  
208h  
20Ch  
210h  
214h  
218h  
21Ch  
220h  
224h  
228h  
22Ch  
230h  
234h  
238h  
23Ch  
240h  
244h  
248h  
24Ch  
250h  
254h  
258h  
25Ch  
260h  
264h  
268h  
26Ch  
270h  
274h  
278h  
27Ch  
280h  
284h  
288h  
28Ch  
RXGOODFRAMES  
RXBCASTFRAMES  
RXMCASTFRAMES  
RXPAUSEFRAMES  
RXCRCERRORS  
RXALIGNCODEERRORS Receive Alignment/Code Errors Register  
RXOVERSIZED  
RXJABBER  
Receive Oversized Frames Register  
Receive Jabber Frames Register  
RXUNDERSIZED  
RXFRAGMENTS  
RXFILTERED  
Receive Undersized Frames Register  
Receive Frame Fragments Register  
Filtered Receive Frames Register  
RXQOSFILTERED  
RXOCTETS  
Receive QOS Filtered Frames Register  
Receive Octet Frames Register  
TXGOODFRAMES  
TXBCASTFRAMES  
TXMCASTFRAMES  
TXPAUSEFRAMES  
TXDEFERRED  
Good Transmit Frames Register  
Broadcast Transmit Frames Register  
Multicast Transmit Frames Register  
Pause Transmit Frames Register  
Deferred Transmit Frames Register  
TXCOLLISION  
Transmit Collision Frames Register  
TXSINGLECOLL  
TXMULTICOLL  
TXEXCESSIVECOLL  
TXLATECOLL  
Transmit Single Collision Frames Register  
Transmit Multiple Collision Frames Register  
Transmit Excessive Collision Frames Register  
Transmit Late Collision Frames Register  
Transmit Underrun Error Register  
TXUNDERRUN  
TXCARRIERSENSE  
TXOCTETS  
Transmit Carrier Sense Errors Register  
Transmit Octet Frames Register  
FRAME64  
Transmit and Receive 64 Octet Frames Register  
Transmit and Receive 65 to 127 Octet Frames Register  
Transmit and Receive 128 to 255 Octet Frames Register  
Transmit and Receive 256 to 511 Octet Frames Register  
Transmit and Receive 512 to 1023 Octet Frames Register  
Transmit and Receive 1024 to RXMAXLEN Octet Frames Register  
Network Octet Frames Register  
FRAME65T127  
FRAME128T255  
FRAME256T511  
FRAME512T1023  
FRAME1024TUP  
NETOCTETS  
RXSOFOVERRUNS  
RXMOFOVERRUNS  
RXDMAOVERRUNS  
Receive FIFO or DMA Start of Frame Overruns Register  
Receive FIFO or DMA Middle of Frame Overruns Register  
Receive DMA Overruns Register  
85  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
5.1 Transmit Identification and Version Register (TXIDVER)  
The transmit identification and version register (TXIDVER) is shown in Figure 40 and described in  
Figure 40. Transmit Identification and Version Register (TXIDVER)  
31  
15  
16  
0
TXIDENT  
R-0Ch  
8
7
TXMAJORVER  
R-02h  
TXMINORVER  
R-0Ch  
LEGEND: R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 38. Transmit Identification and Version Register (TXIDVER) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value Description  
31-16 TXIDENT  
Transmit identification value.  
Ch  
02h  
0Ch  
Current transmit identification value.  
15-8  
7-0  
TXMAJORVER  
Transmit major version value. Revisions are indicated by a revision code taking the format  
TXMAJORVER.TXMINORVER.  
Current transmit major version value.  
TXMINORVER  
Transmit minor version value. Revisions are indicated by a revision code taking the format  
TXMAJORVER.TXMINORVER.  
Current transmit minor version value.  
5.2 Transmit Control Register (TXCONTROL)  
The transmit control register (TXCONTROL) is shown in Figure 41 and described in Table 39.  
Figure 41. Transmit Control Register (TXCONTROL)  
31  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
1
0
Reserved  
TXEN  
R/W-0  
R-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset  
Table 39. Transmit Control Register (TXCONTROL) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-1  
0
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
TXEN  
0
Reserved  
Transmit enable  
Transmit is disabled.  
Transmit is enabled.  
0
1
86  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
5.3 Transmit Teardown Register (TXTEARDOWN)  
The transmit teardown register (TXTEARDOWN) is shown in Figure 42 and described in Table 40.  
Figure 42. Transmit Teardown Register (TXTEARDOWN)  
31  
15  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
3
2
Reserved  
R-0  
TXTDNCH  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset  
Table 40. Transmit Teardown Register (TXTEARDOWN) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-3  
2-0  
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
TXTDNCH  
0
Reserved  
0-7h  
Transmit teardown channel. The transmit channel teardown is commanded by writing the encoded  
value of the transmit channel to be torn down. The teardown register is read as 0.  
0
Teardown transmit channel 0  
Teardown transmit channel 1  
Teardown transmit channel 2  
Teardown transmit channel 3  
Teardown transmit channel 4  
Teardown transmit channel 5  
Teardown transmit channel 6  
Teardown transmit channel 7  
1h  
2h  
3h  
4h  
5h  
6h  
7h  
87  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
5.4 Receive Identification and Version Register (RXIDVER)  
The receive identification and version register (RXIDVER) is shown in Figure 43 and described in  
Figure 43. Receive Identification and Version Register (RXIDVER)  
31  
15  
16  
0
RXIDENT  
R-0Ch  
8
7
RXMAJORVER  
R-02h  
RXMINORVER  
R-0Ch  
LEGEND: R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 41. Receive Identification and Version Register (RXIDVER) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value Description  
31-16 RXIDENT  
Receive identification value.  
Ch  
02h  
0Ch  
Current receive identification value.  
15-8  
7-0  
RXMAJORVER  
Receive major version value. Revisions are indicated by a revision code taking the format  
RXMAJORVER.RXMINORVER.  
Current receive major version value.  
RXMINORVER  
Receive minor version value. Revisions are indicated by a revision code taking the format  
RXMAJORVER.RXMINORVER.  
Current receive minor version value.  
88  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
5.5 Receive Control Register (RXCONTROL)  
The receive control register (RXCONTROL) is shown in Figure 44 and described in Table 42.  
Figure 44. Receive Control Register (RXCONTROL)  
31  
15  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
1
0
Reserved  
R-0  
RXEN  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset  
Table 42. Receive Control Register (RXCONTROL) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-1  
0
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
Reserved  
RXEN  
0
Receive enable  
0
1
Receive is disabled.  
Receive is enabled.  
5.6 Receive Teardown Register (RXTEARDOWN)  
The receive teardown register (RXTEARDOWN) is shown in Figure 45 and described in Table 43.  
Figure 45. Receive Teardown Register (RXTEARDOWN)  
31  
15  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
3
2
Reserved  
R-0  
RXTDNCH  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset  
Table 43. Receive Teardown Register (RXTEARDOWN) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-3  
2-0  
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
RXTDNCH  
0
Reserved  
0-7h  
Receive teardown channel. The receive channel teardown is commanded by writing the encoded value  
of the receive channel to be torn down. The teardown register is read as 0.  
0
Teardown receive channel 0  
Teardown receive channel 1  
Teardown receive channel 2  
Teardown receive channel 3  
Teardown receive channel 4  
Teardown receive channel 5  
Teardown receive channel 6  
Teardown receive channel 7  
1h  
2h  
3h  
4h  
5h  
6h  
7h  
89  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
5.7 Transmit Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register (TXINTSTATRAW)  
The transmit interrupt status (unmasked) register (TXINTSTATRAW) is shown in Figure 46 and  
described in Table 44.  
Figure 46. Transmit Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register (TXINTSTATRAW)  
31  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
8
Reserved  
R-0  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TX7PEND  
R-0  
TX6PEND  
R-0  
TX5PEND  
R-0  
TX4PEND  
R-0  
TX3PEND  
R-0  
TX2PEND  
R-0  
TX1PEND  
R-0  
TX0PEND  
R-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 44. Transmit Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register (TXINTSTATRAW) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-8  
7
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
TX7PEND  
TX6PEND  
TX5PEND  
TX4PEND  
TX3PEND  
TX2PEND  
TX1PEND  
TX0PEND  
0
Reserved  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
TX7PEND raw interrupt read (before mask)  
TX6PEND raw interrupt read (before mask)  
TX5PEND raw interrupt read (before mask)  
TX4PEND raw interrupt read (before mask)  
TX3PEND raw interrupt read (before mask)  
TX2PEND raw interrupt read (before mask)  
TX1PEND raw interrupt read (before mask)  
TX0PEND raw interrupt read (before mask)  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
90  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
5.8 Transmit Interrupt Status (Masked) Register (TXINTSTATMASKED)  
The transmit interrupt status (masked) register (TXINTSTATMASKED) is shown in Figure 47 and  
described in Table 45.  
Figure 47. Transmit Interrupt Status (Masked) Register (TXINTSTATMASKED)  
31  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
8
0
Reserved  
R-0  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
TX7PEND  
R-0  
TX6PEND  
R-0  
TX5PEND  
R-0  
TX4PEND  
R-0  
TX3PEND  
R-0  
TX2PEND  
R-0  
TX1PEND  
R-0  
TX0PEND  
R-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 45. Transmit Interrupt Status (Masked) Register (TXINTSTATMASKED) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-8  
7
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
TX7PEND  
TX6PEND  
TX5PEND  
TX4PEND  
TX3PEND  
TX2PEND  
TX1PEND  
TX0PEND  
0
Reserved  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
TX7PEND masked interrupt read  
TX6PEND masked interrupt read  
TX5PEND masked interrupt read  
TX4PEND masked interrupt read  
TX3PEND masked interrupt read  
TX2PEND masked interrupt read  
TX1PEND masked interrupt read  
TX0PEND masked interrupt read  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
91  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
5.9 Transmit Interrupt Mask Set Register (TXINTMASKSET)  
The transmit interrupt mask set register (TXINTMASKSET) is shown in Figure 48 and described in  
Figure 48. Transmit Interrupt Mask Set Register (TXINTMASKSET)  
31  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
7
8
Reserved  
R-0  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TX7MASK  
R/W1S-0  
TX6MASK  
R/W1S-0  
TX5MASK  
R/W1S-0  
TX4MASK  
R/W1S-0  
TX3MASK  
R/W1S-0  
TX2MASK  
R/W1S-0  
TX1MASK  
R/W1S-0  
TX0MASK  
R/W1S-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; W1S = Write 1 to set, write of 0 has no effect; -n = value after reset  
Table 46. Transmit Interrupt Mask Set Register (TXINTMASKSET) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-8  
7
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
TX7MASK  
TX6MASK  
TX5MASK  
TX4MASK  
TX3MASK  
TX2MASK  
TX1MASK  
TX0MASK  
0
Reserved  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
Transmit channel 7 interrupt mask set bit. Write 1 to enable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Transmit channel 6 interrupt mask set bit. Write 1 to enable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Transmit channel 5 interrupt mask set bit. Write 1 to enable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Transmit channel 4 interrupt mask set bit. Write 1 to enable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Transmit channel 3 interrupt mask set bit. Write 1 to enable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Transmit channel 2 interrupt mask set bit. Write 1 to enable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Transmit channel 1 interrupt mask set bit. Write 1 to enable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Transmit channel 0 interrupt mask set bit. Write 1 to enable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
92  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
5.10 Transmit Interrupt Mask Clear Register (TXINTMASKCLEAR)  
The transmit interrupt mask clear register (TXINTMASKCLEAR) is shown in Figure 49 and described in  
Figure 49. Transmit Interrupt Mask Clear Register (TXINTMASKCLEAR)  
31  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
7
8
0
Reserved  
R-0  
6
5
4
3
2
1
TX7MASK  
R/W1C-0  
TX6MASK  
R/W1C-0  
TX5MASK  
R/W1C-0  
TX4MASK  
R/W1C-0  
TX3MASK  
R/W1C-0  
TX2MASK  
R/W1C-0  
TX1MASK  
R/W1C-0  
TX0MASK  
R/W1C-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; W1C = Write 1 to clear, write of 0 has no effect; -n = value after reset  
Table 47. Transmit Interrupt Mask Clear Register (TXINTMASKCLEAR) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-8  
7
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
TX7MASK  
TX6MASK  
TX5MASK  
TX4MASK  
TX3MASK  
TX2MASK  
TX1MASK  
TX0MASK  
0
Reserved  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
Transmit channel 7 interrupt mask clear bit. Write 1 to disable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Transmit channel 6 interrupt mask clear bit. Write 1 to disable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Transmit channel 5 interrupt mask clear bit. Write 1 to disable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Transmit channel 4 interrupt mask clear bit. Write 1 to disable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Transmit channel 3 interrupt mask clear bit. Write 1 to disable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Transmit channel 2 interrupt mask clear bit. Write 1 to disable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Transmit channel 1 interrupt mask clear bit. Write 1 to disable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Transmit channel 0 interrupt mask clear bit. Write 1 to disable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
93  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
5.11 MAC Input Vector Register (MACINVECTOR)  
The MAC input vector register (MACINVECTOR) is shown in Figure 50 and described in Table 48.  
Figure 50. MAC Input Vector Register (MACINVECTOR)  
31  
15  
28  
27  
STATPEND  
R-0  
26  
HOSTPEND  
R-0  
25  
LINKINT  
R-0  
24  
USERINT  
R-0  
23  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
TXPEND  
R-0  
8
7
RXTHRESHPEND  
R-0  
RXPEND  
R-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 48. MAC Input Vector Register (MACINVECTOR) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value Description  
31-28 Reserved  
0
Reserved  
27  
26  
25  
24  
STATPEND  
HOSTPEND  
LINKINT  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
EMAC module statistics interrupt (STATPEND) pending status bit.  
EMAC module host error interrupt (HOSTPEND) pending status bit.  
MDIO module link change interrupt (LINKINT) pending status bit.  
MDIO module user interrupt (USERINT) pending status bit.  
USERINT  
23-16 TXPEND  
0-FFh Transmit channels 0-7 interrupt pending (TXPENDn) status bit. Bit 16 is transmit channel 0.  
15-8  
RXTHRESHPEND  
0-FFh Receive threshold channels 0-7 interrupt pending (RXTHRESHPENDn) status bit. Bit 8 is  
receive channel 0.  
7-0  
RXPEND  
0-FFh Receive channels 0-7 interrupt pending (RXPENDn) status bit. Bit 0 is receive channel 0.  
5.12 MAC End Of Interrupt Vector Register (MACEOIVECTOR)  
The MAC end of interrupt vector register (MACEOIVECTOR) is shown in Figure 51 and described in  
Figure 51. MAC End Of Interrupt Vector Register (MACEOIVECTOR)  
31  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
2
1
Reserved  
R-0  
EOI  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset  
Table 49. MAC End Of Interrupt Vector Register (MACEOIVECTOR) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-2  
1-0  
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
EOI  
0
0-3h  
0
Reserved  
End of interrupt.  
End of interrupt processing for RXTHRESH interrupt.  
End of interrupt processing for RXPULSE interrupt.  
End of interrupt processing for TXPULSE interrupt.  
End of interrupt processing for Miscellaneous interrupt.  
1h  
2h  
3h  
94  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
5.13 Receive Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register (RXINTSTATRAW)  
The receive interrupt status (unmasked) register (RXINTSTATRAW) is shown in Figure 52 and  
described in Table 50.  
Figure 52. Receive Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register (RXINTSTATRAW)  
31  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
8
0
Reserved  
R-0  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
RX7PEND  
R-0  
RX6PEND  
R-0  
RX5PEND  
R-0  
RX4PEND  
R-0  
RX3PEND  
R-0  
RX2PEND  
R-0  
RX1PEND  
R-0  
RX0PEND  
R-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 50. Receive Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register (RXINTSTATRAW) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-8  
7
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
RX7PEND  
RX6PEND  
RX5PEND  
RX4PEND  
RX3PEND  
RX2PEND  
RX1PEND  
RX0PEND  
0
Reserved  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
RX7PEND raw interrupt read (before mask)  
RX6PEND raw interrupt read (before mask)  
RX5PEND raw interrupt read (before mask)  
RX4PEND raw interrupt read (before mask)  
RX3PEND raw interrupt read (before mask)  
RX2PEND raw interrupt read (before mask)  
RX1PEND raw interrupt read (before mask)  
RX0PEND raw interrupt read (before mask)  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
95  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
5.14 Receive Interrupt Status (Masked) Register (RXINTSTATMASKED)  
The receive interrupt status (masked) register (RXINTSTATMASKED) is shown in Figure 53 and  
described in Table 51.  
Figure 53. Receive Interrupt Status (Masked) Register (RXINTSTATMASKED)  
31  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
7
8
0
Reserved  
R-0  
6
5
4
3
2
1
RX7PEND  
R-0  
RX6PEND  
R-0  
RX5PEND  
R-0  
RX4PEND  
R-0  
RX3PEND  
R-0  
RX2PEND  
R-0  
RX1PEND  
R-0  
RX0PEND  
R-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 51. Receive Interrupt Status (Masked) Register (RXINTSTATMASKED) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-8  
7
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
RX7PEND  
RX6PEND  
RX5PEND  
RX4PEND  
RX3PEND  
RX2PEND  
RX1PEND  
RX0PEND  
0
Reserved  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
RX7PEND masked interrupt read  
RX6PEND masked interrupt read  
RX5PEND masked interrupt read  
RX4PEND masked interrupt read  
RX3PEND masked interrupt read  
RX2PEND masked interrupt read  
RX1PEND masked interrupt read  
RX0PEND masked interrupt read  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
96  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
5.15 Receive Interrupt Mask Set Register (RXINTMASKSET)  
The receive interrupt mask set register (RXINTMASKSET) is shown in Figure 54 and described in  
Figure 54. Receive Interrupt Mask Set Register (RXINTMASKSET)  
31  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
8
0
Reserved  
R-0  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
RX7MASK  
R/W1S-0  
RX6MASK  
R/W1S-0  
RX5MASK  
R/W1S-0  
RX4MASK  
R/W1S-0  
RX3MASK  
R/W1S-0  
RX2MASK  
R/W1S-0  
RX1MASK  
R/W1S-0  
RX0MASK  
R/W1S-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; W1S = Write 1 to set, write of 0 has no effect; -n = value after reset  
Table 52. Receive Interrupt Mask Set Register (RXINTMASKSET) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-8  
7
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
0
Reserved  
RX7MASK  
RX6MASK  
RX5MASK  
RX4MASK  
RX3MASK  
RX2MASK  
RX1MASK  
RX0MASK  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
Receive channel 7 mask set bit. Write 1 to enable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Receive channel 6 mask set bit. Write 1 to enable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Receive channel 5 mask set bit. Write 1 to enable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Receive channel 4 mask set bit. Write 1 to enable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Receive channel 3 mask set bit. Write 1 to enable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Receive channel 2 mask set bit. Write 1 to enable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Receive channel 1 mask set bit. Write 1 to enable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Receive channel 0 mask set bit. Write 1 to enable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
97  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
5.16 Receive Interrupt Mask Clear Register (RXINTMASKCLEAR)  
The receive interrupt mask clear register (RXINTMASKCLEAR) is shown in Figure 55 and described in  
Figure 55. Receive Interrupt Mask Clear Register (RXINTMASKCLEAR)  
31  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
7
8
Reserved  
R-0  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RX7MASK  
R/W1C-0  
RX6MASK  
R/W1C-0  
RX5MASK  
R/W1C-0  
RX4MASK  
R/W1C-0  
RX3MASK  
R/W1C-0  
RX2MASK  
R/W1C-0  
RX1MASK  
R/W1C-0  
RX0MASK  
R/W1C-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; W1C = Write 1 to clear, write of 0 has no effect; -n = value after reset  
Table 53. Receive Interrupt Mask Clear Register (RXINTMASKCLEAR) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-8  
7
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
0
Reserved  
RX7MASK  
RX6MASK  
RX5MASK  
RX4MASK  
RX3MASK  
RX2MASK  
RX1MASK  
RX0MASK  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
Receive channel 7 mask clear bit. Write 1 to disable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Receive channel 6 mask clear bit. Write 1 to disable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Receive channel 5 mask clear bit. Write 1 to disable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Receive channel 4 mask clear bit. Write 1 to disable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Receive channel 3 mask clear bit. Write 1 to disable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Receive channel 2 mask clear bit. Write 1 to disable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Receive channel 1 mask clear bit. Write 1 to disable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Receive channel 0 mask clear bit. Write 1 to disable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
98  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
5.17 MAC Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register (MACINTSTATRAW)  
The MAC interrupt status (unmasked) register (MACINTSTATRAW) is shown in Figure 56 and  
described in Table 54.  
Figure 56. MAC Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register (MACINTSTATRAW)  
31  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
2
1
0
Reserved  
R-0  
HOSTPEND  
R-0  
STATPEND  
R-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 54. MAC Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register (MACINTSTATRAW) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-2  
1
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
0
Reserved  
HOSTPEND  
STATPEND  
0-1  
0-1  
Host pending interrupt (HOSTPEND); raw interrupt read (before mask)  
Statistics pending interrupt (STATPEND); raw interrupt read (before mask)  
0
5.18 MAC Interrupt Status (Masked) Register (MACINTSTATMASKED)  
The MAC interrupt status (masked) register (MACINTSTATMASKED) is shown in Figure 57 and  
described in Table 55.  
Figure 57. MAC Interrupt Status (Masked) Register (MACINTSTATMASKED)  
31  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
2
1
0
Reserved  
R-0  
HOSTPEND  
R-0  
STATPEND  
R-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 55. MAC Interrupt Status (Masked) Register (MACINTSTATMASKED) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-2  
1
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
0
Reserved  
HOSTPEND  
STATPEND  
0-1  
0-1  
Host pending interrupt (HOSTPEND); masked interrupt read  
Statistics pending interrupt (STATPEND); masked interrupt read  
0
99  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
5.19 MAC Interrupt Mask Set Register (MACINTMASKSET)  
The MAC interrupt mask set register (MACINTMASKSET) is shown in Figure 58 and described in  
Figure 58. MAC Interrupt Mask Set Register (MACINTMASKSET)  
31  
15  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
2
1
0
Reserved  
R-0  
HOSTMASK  
R/W1S-0  
STATMASK  
R/W1S-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; W1S = Write 1 to set, write of 0 has no effect; -n = value after reset  
Table 56. MAC Interrupt Mask Set Register (MACINTMASKSET) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-2  
1
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
HOSTMASK  
STATMASK  
0
Reserved  
0-1  
0-1  
Host error interrupt mask set bit. Write 1 to enable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Statistics interrupt mask set bit. Write 1 to enable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
0
5.20 MAC Interrupt Mask Clear Register (MACINTMASKCLEAR)  
The MAC interrupt mask clear register (MACINTMASKCLEAR) is shown in Figure 59 and described in  
Figure 59. MAC Interrupt Mask Clear Register (MACINTMASKCLEAR)  
31  
15  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
2
1
0
Reserved  
R-0  
HOSTMASK  
R/W1C-0  
STATMASK  
R/W1C-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; W1C = Write 1 to clear, write of 0 has no effect; -n = value after reset  
Table 57. MAC Interrupt Mask Clear Register (MACINTMASKCLEAR) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-2  
1
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
0
Reserved  
HOSTMASK  
STATMASK  
0-1  
0-1  
Host error interrupt mask clear bit. Write 1 to disable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Statistics interrupt mask clear bit. Write 1 to disable interrupt, a write of 0 has no effect.  
0
100  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
5.21 Receive Multicast/Broadcast/Promiscuous Channel Enable Register  
(RXMBPENABLE)  
The receive multicast/broadcast/promiscuous channel enable register (RXMBPENABLE) is shown in  
Figure 60 and described in Table 58.  
Figure 60. Receive Multicast/Broadcast/Promiscuous Channel Enable Register (RXMBPENABLE)  
31  
Reserved  
R-0  
30  
29  
28  
27  
19  
11  
3
25  
24  
RXPASSCRC  
R/W-0  
RXQOSEN  
R/W-0  
RXNOCHAIN  
R/W-0  
Reserved  
R-0  
RXCMFEN  
R/W-0  
23  
22  
21  
20  
18  
10  
2
16  
8
RXCSFEN  
R/W-0  
RXCEFEN  
R/W-0  
RXCAFEN  
R/W-0  
Reserved  
RXPROMCH  
R/W-0  
R-0  
15  
14  
13  
12  
4
Reserved  
RXBROADEN  
R/W-0  
Reserved  
R-0  
RXBROADCH  
R/W-0  
R-0  
7
6
5
0
Reserved  
R-0  
RXMULTEN  
R/W-0  
Reserved  
R-0  
RXMULTCH  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset  
Table 58. Receive Multicast/Broadcast/Promiscuous Channel Enable Register (RXMBPENABLE)  
Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31  
30  
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
RXPASSCRC  
0
Reserved  
Pass receive CRC enable bit  
0
1
Received CRC is discarded for all channels and is not included in the buffer descriptor packet  
length field.  
Received CRC is transferred to memory for all channels and is included in the buffer descriptor  
packet length.  
29  
28  
RXQOSEN  
Receive quality of service enable bit  
Receive QOS is disabled.  
0
1
Receive QOS is enabled.  
RXNOCHAIN  
Receive no buffer chaining bit  
Received frames can span multiple buffers.  
0
1
The Receive DMA controller transfers each frame into a single buffer, regardless of the frame or  
buffer size. All remaining frame data after the first buffer is discarded. The buffer descriptor buffer  
length field will contain the entire frame byte count (up to 65535 bytes).  
27-25 Reserved  
0
Reserved  
24  
RXCMFEN  
Receive copy MAC control frames enable bit. Enables MAC control frames to be transferred to  
memory. MAC control frames are normally acted upon (if enabled), but not copied to memory. MAC  
control frames that are pause frames will be acted upon if enabled in MACCONTROL, regardless of  
the value of RXCMFEN. Frames transferred to memory due to RXCMFEN will have the CONTROL  
bit set in their EOP buffer descriptor.  
0
1
MAC control frames are filtered (but acted upon if enabled).  
MAC control frames are transferred to memory.  
23  
RXCSFEN  
Receive copy short frames enable bit. Enables frames or fragments shorter than 64 bytes to be  
copied to memory. Frames transferred to memory due to RXCSFEN will have the FRAGMENT or  
UNDERSIZE bit set in their EOP buffer descriptor. Fragments are short frames that contain CRC /  
align / code errors and undersized are short frames without errors.  
0
1
Short frames are filtered.  
Short frames are transferred to memory.  
101  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
Table 58. Receive Multicast/Broadcast/Promiscuous Channel Enable Register (RXMBPENABLE)  
Field Descriptions (continued)  
Bit  
Field  
Value Description  
22  
RXCEFEN  
Receive copy error frames enable bit. Enables frames containing errors to be transferred to  
memory. The appropriate error bit will be set in the frame EOP buffer descriptor.  
Frames containing errors are filtered.  
0
1
Frames containing errors are transferred to memory.  
21  
RXCAFEN  
Receive copy all frames enable bit. Enables frames that do not address match (includes multicast  
frames that do not hash match) to be transferred to the promiscuous channel selected by  
RXPROMCH bits. Such frames will be marked with the NOMATCH bit in their EOP buffer  
descriptor.  
0
1
Frames that do not address match are filtered.  
Frames that do not address match are transferred to the promiscuous channel selected by  
RXPROMCH bits.  
20-19 Reserved  
0
0-7h  
0
Reserved  
18-16 RXPROMCH  
Receive promiscuous channel select  
Select channel 0 to receive promiscuous frames  
Select channel 1 to receive promiscuous frames  
Select channel 2 to receive promiscuous frames  
Select channel 3 to receive promiscuous frames  
Select channel 4 to receive promiscuous frames  
Select channel 5 to receive promiscuous frames  
Select channel 6 to receive promiscuous frames  
Select channel 7 to receive promiscuous frames  
Reserved  
1h  
2h  
3h  
4h  
5h  
6h  
7h  
0
15-14 Reserved  
13  
RXBROADEN  
Receive broadcast enable. Enable received broadcast frames to be copied to the channel selected  
by RXBROADCH bits.  
0
1
Broadcast frames are filtered.  
Broadcast frames are copied to the channel selected by RXBROADCH bits.  
Reserved  
12-11 Reserved  
0
10-8  
RXBROADCH  
0-7h  
0
Receive broadcast channel select  
Select channel 0 to receive broadcast frames  
Select channel 1 to receive broadcast frames  
Select channel 2 to receive broadcast frames  
Select channel 3 to receive broadcast frames  
Select channel 4 to receive broadcast frames  
Select channel 5 to receive broadcast frames  
Select channel 6 to receive broadcast frames  
Select channel 7 to receive broadcast frames  
Reserved  
1h  
2h  
3h  
4h  
5h  
6h  
7h  
0
7-6  
5
Reserved  
RXMULTEN  
RX multicast enable. Enable received hash matching multicast frames to be copied to the channel  
selected by RXMULTCH bits.  
0
1
0
Multicast frames are filtered.  
Multicast frames are copied to the channel selected by RXMULTCH bits.  
Reserved  
4-3  
Reserved  
102  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
Table 58. Receive Multicast/Broadcast/Promiscuous Channel Enable Register (RXMBPENABLE)  
Field Descriptions (continued)  
Bit  
Field  
Value Description  
2-0  
RXMULTCH  
0-7h  
0
Receive multicast channel select  
Select channel 0 to receive multicast frames  
Select channel 1 to receive multicast frames  
Select channel 2 to receive multicast frames  
Select channel 3 to receive multicast frames  
Select channel 4 to receive multicast frames  
Select channel 5 to receive multicast frames  
Select channel 6 to receive multicast frames  
Select channel 7 to receive multicast frames  
1h  
2h  
3h  
4h  
5h  
6h  
7h  
103  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
5.22 Receive Unicast Enable Set Register (RXUNICASTSET)  
The receive unicast enable set register (RXUNICASTSET) is shown in Figure 61 and described in  
Figure 61. Receive Unicast Enable Set Register (RXUNICASTSET)  
31  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
7
8
Reserved  
R-0  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RXCH7EN  
R/W1S-0  
RXCH6EN  
R/W1S-0  
RXCH5EN  
R/W1S-0  
RXCH4EN  
R/W1S-0  
RXCH3EN  
R/W1S-0  
RXCH2EN  
R/W1S-0  
RXCH1EN  
R/W1S-0  
RXCH0EN  
R/W1S-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; W1S = Write 1 to set, write of 0 has no effect; -n = value after reset  
Table 59. Receive Unicast Enable Set Register (RXUNICASTSET) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-8  
7
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
0
Reserved  
RXCH7EN  
0-1  
Receive channel 7 unicast enable set bit. Write 1 to set the enable, a write of 0 has no effect.  
May be read.  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RXCH6EN  
RXCH5EN  
RXCH4EN  
RXCH3EN  
RXCH2EN  
RXCH1EN  
RXCH0EN  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
Receive channel 6 unicast enable set bit. Write 1 to set the enable, a write of 0 has no effect.  
May be read.  
Receive channel 5 unicast enable set bit. Write 1 to set the enable, a write of 0 has no effect.  
May be read.  
Receive channel 4 unicast enable set bit. Write 1 to set the enable, a write of 0 has no effect.  
May be read.  
Receive channel 3 unicast enable set bit. Write 1 to set the enable, a write of 0 has no effect.  
May be read.  
Receive channel 2 unicast enable set bit. Write 1 to set the enable, a write of 0 has no effect.  
May be read.  
Receive channel 1 unicast enable set bit. Write 1 to set the enable, a write of 0 has no effect.  
May be read.  
Receive channel 0 unicast enable set bit. Write 1 to set the enable, a write of 0 has no effect.  
May be read.  
104  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
5.23 Receive Unicast Clear Register (RXUNICASTCLEAR)  
The receive unicast clear register (RXUNICASTCLEAR) is shown in Figure 62 and described in  
Figure 62. Receive Unicast Clear Register (RXUNICASTCLEAR)  
31  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
8
0
Reserved  
R-0  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
RXCH7EN  
R/W1C-0  
RXCH6EN  
R/W1C-0  
RXCH5EN  
R/W1C-0  
RXCH4EN  
R/W1C-0  
RXCH3EN  
R/W1C-0  
RXCH2EN  
R/W1C-0  
RXCH1EN  
R/W1C-0  
RXCH0EN  
R/W1C-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; W1C = Write 1 to clear, write of 0 has no effect; -n = value after reset  
Table 60. Receive Unicast Clear Register (RXUNICASTCLEAR) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-8  
7
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
RXCH7EN  
RXCH6EN  
RXCH5EN  
RXCH4EN  
RXCH3EN  
RXCH2EN  
RXCH1EN  
RXCH0EN  
0
Reserved  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
0-1  
Receive channel 7 unicast enable clear bit. Write 1 to clear the enable, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Receive channel 6 unicast enable clear bit. Write 1 to clear the enable, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Receive channel 5 unicast enable clear bit. Write 1 to clear the enable, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Receive channel 4 unicast enable clear bit. Write 1 to clear the enable, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Receive channel 3 unicast enable clear bit. Write 1 to clear the enable, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Receive channel 2 unicast enable clear bit. Write 1 to clear the enable, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Receive channel 1 unicast enable clear bit. Write 1 to clear the enable, a write of 0 has no effect.  
Receive channel 0 unicast enable clear bit. Write 1 to clear the enable, a write of 0 has no effect.  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
105  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
5.24 Receive Maximum Length Register (RXMAXLEN)  
The receive maximum length register (RXMAXLEN) is shown in Figure 63 and described in Table 61.  
Figure 63. Receive Maximum Length Register (RXMAXLEN)  
31  
15  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
0
RXMAXLEN  
R/W-1518  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset  
Table 61. Receive Maximum Length Register (RXMAXLEN) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-16 Reserved  
15-0 RXMAXLEN  
Field  
Value  
Description  
Reserved  
0
0-FFFFh  
Receive maximum frame length. These bits determine the maximum length of a received frame.  
The reset value is 5EEh (1518). Frames with byte counts greater than RXMAXLEN are long  
frames. Long frames with no errors are oversized frames. Long frames with CRC, code, or  
alignment error are jabber frames.  
5.25 Receive Buffer Offset Register (RXBUFFEROFFSET)  
The receive buffer offset register (RXBUFFEROFFSET) is shown in Figure 64 and described in  
Figure 64. Receive Buffer Offset Register (RXBUFFEROFFSET)  
31  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
RXBUFFEROFFSET  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset  
Table 62. Receive Buffer Offset Register (RXBUFFEROFFSET) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value  
0
Description  
31-16 Reserved  
Reserved  
15-0 RXBUFFEROFFSET  
0-FFFFh  
Receive buffer offset value. These bits are written by the EMAC into each frame SOP  
buffer descriptor Buffer Offset field. The frame data begins after the RXBUFFEROFFSET  
value of bytes. A value of 0 indicates that there are no unused bytes at the beginning of  
the data, and that valid data begins on the first byte of the buffer. A value of Fh (15)  
indicates that the first 15 bytes of the buffer are to be ignored by the EMAC and that valid  
buffer data starts on byte 16 of the buffer. This value is used for all channels.  
106  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
5.26 Receive Filter Low Priority Frame Threshold Register (RXFILTERLOWTHRESH)  
The receive filter low priority frame threshold register (RXFILTERLOWTHRESH) is shown in Figure 65  
and described in Table 63.  
Figure 65. Receive Filter Low Priority Frame Threshold Register (RXFILTERLOWTHRESH)  
31  
15  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
8
7
Reserved  
R-0  
RXFILTERTHRESH  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset  
Table 63. Receive Filter Low Priority Frame Threshold Register (RXFILTERLOWTHRESH)  
Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-8  
7-0  
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
Reserved  
0
RXFILTERTHRESH  
0-FFh Receive filter low threshold. These bits contain the free buffer count threshold value for filtering  
low priority incoming frames. This field should remain 0, if no filtering is desired.  
5.27 Receive Channel 0-7 Flow Control Threshold Register (RXnFLOWTHRESH)  
The receive channel 0-7 flow control threshold register (RXnFLOWTHRESH) is shown in Figure 66 and  
described in Table 64.  
Figure 66. Receive Channel n Flow Control Threshold Register (RXnFLOWTHRESH)  
31  
15  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
8
7
Reserved  
R-0  
RXnFLOWTHRESH  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset  
Table 64. Receive Channel n Flow Control Threshold Register (RXnFLOWTHRESH)  
Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-8  
7-0  
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
0
Reserved  
RXnFLOWTHRESH  
0-FFh Receive flow threshold. These bits contain the threshold value for issuing flow control on  
incoming frames for channel n (when enabled).  
107  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
5.28 Receive Channel 0-7 Free Buffer Count Register (RXnFREEBUFFER)  
The receive channel 0-7 free buffer count register (RXnFREEBUFFER) is shown in Figure 67 and  
described in Table 65.  
Figure 67. Receive Channel n Free Buffer Count Register (RXnFREEBUFFER)  
31  
15  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
RXnFREEBUF  
WI-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; WI = Write to increment; -n = value after reset  
Table 65. Receive Channel n Free Buffer Count Register (RXnFREEBUFFER) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-16 Reserved  
15-0 RXnFREEBUF  
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
0
0-FFh Receive free buffer count. These bits contain the count of free buffers available. The  
RXFILTERTHRESH value is compared with this field to determine if low priority frames should be  
filtered. The RXnFLOWTHRESH value is compared with this field to determine if receive flow  
control should be issued against incoming packets (if enabled). This is a write-to-increment field.  
This field rolls over to 0 on overflow.  
If hardware flow control or QOS is used, the host must initialize this field to the number of available  
buffers (one register per channel). The EMAC decrements the associated channel register for each  
received frame by the number of buffers in the received frame. The host must write this field with  
the number of buffers that have been freed due to host processing.  
108  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
5.29 MAC Control Register (MACCONTROL)  
The MAC control register (MACCONTROL) is shown in Figure 68 and described in Table 66.  
Figure 68. MAC Control Register (MACCONTROL)  
31  
18  
17  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
Reserved  
R-0  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
RXOFFLENBLOCK  
R/W-0  
RXOWNERSHIP  
R/W-0  
RXFIFOFLOWEN  
R/W-0  
CMDIDLE  
R/W-0  
Rsvd  
R-0  
TXPTYPE  
R/W-0  
Reserved  
R-0  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved  
R-0  
TXPACE  
R/W-0  
MIIEN  
R/W-0  
TXFLOWEN  
R/W-0  
RXBUFFERFLOWEN  
Rsvd  
R-0  
LOOPBACK  
R/W-0  
FULLDUPLEX  
R/W-0  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset  
Table 66. MAC Control Register (MACCONTROL) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value Description  
31-15 Reserved  
0
Any writes to these bit(s) must always have a value of 0  
Receive offset/length word write block.  
14  
13  
RXOFFLENBLOCK  
0
1
Do not block the DMA writes to the receive buffer descriptor offset/buffer length word.  
Block all EMAC DMA controller writes to the receive buffer descriptor offset/buffer length  
words during packet processing. When this bit is set, the EMAC will never write the third word  
to any receive buffer descriptor.  
RXOWNERSHIP  
Receive ownership write bit value.  
0
1
EMAC writes the Receive ownership bit to 0 at the end of packet processing.  
EMAC writes the Receive ownership bit to 1 at the end of packet processing. If you do not use  
the ownership mechanism, you can set this mode to preclude the necessity of software having  
to set this bit each time the buffer descriptor is used.  
12  
11  
RXFIFOFLOWEN  
CMDIDLE  
Receive FIFO flow control enable bit.  
0
1
Receive flow control is disabled. Full-duplex mode: no outgoing pause frames are sent.  
Receive flow control is enabled. Full-duplex mode: outgoing pause frames are sent when  
receive FIFO flow control is triggered.  
Command Idle bit.  
0
1
0
Idle is not commanded.  
Idle is commanded (read the IDLE bit in the MACSTATUS register).  
Any writes to these bit(s) must always have a value of 0  
Transmit queue priority type.  
10  
9
Reserved  
TXPTYPE  
0
1
The queue uses a round-robin scheme to select the next channel for transmission.  
The queue uses a fixed-priority (channel 7 is highest priority) scheme to select the next  
channel for transmission.  
8-7  
6
Reserved  
TXPACE  
0
Any writes to these bit(s) must always have a value of 0  
Transmit pacing enable bit.  
0
1
Transmit pacing is disabled.  
Transmit pacing is enabled.  
5
MIIEN  
MII enable bit.  
0
1
MII RX and TX are held in reset.  
MII RX and TX are enabled for receive and transmit.  
109  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
Table 66. MAC Control Register (MACCONTROL) Field Descriptions (continued)  
Bit  
Field  
Value Description  
4
TXFLOWEN  
Transmit flow control enable bit. This bit determines if incoming pause frames are acted upon  
in full-duplex mode. Incoming pause frames are not acted upon in half-duplex mode,  
regardless of the TXFLOWEN bit setting. The RXMBPENABLE bits determine whether or not  
received pause frames are transferred to memory.  
0
1
Transmit flow control is disabled. Full-duplex mode: incoming pause frames are not acted  
upon.  
Transmit flow control is enabled. Full-duplex mode: incoming pause frames are acted upon.  
Receive buffer flow control enable bit.  
3
RXBUFFERFLOWEN  
0
1
Receive flow control is disabled. Half-duplex mode: no flow control generated collisions are  
sent. Full-duplex mode: no outgoing pause frames are sent.  
Receive flow control is enabled. Half-duplex mode: collisions are initiated when receive buffer  
flow control is triggered. Full-duplex mode: outgoing pause frames are sent when receive flow  
control is triggered.  
2
1
Reserved  
0
Reserved  
LOOPBACK  
Loopback mode. The loopback mode forces internal full-duplex mode regardless of the  
FULLDUPLEX bit setting. The loopback bit should be changed only when MII bit is  
deasserted.  
0
1
Loopback mode is disabled.  
Loopback mode is enabled.  
Full-duplex mode.  
0
FULLDUPLEX  
0
1
Half-duplex mode is enabled.  
Full-duplex mode is enabled.  
110  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
5.30 MAC Status Register (MACSTATUS)  
The MAC status register (MACSTATUS) is shown in Figure 69 and described in Table 67.  
Figure 69. MAC Status Register (MACSTATUS)  
31  
IDLE  
R-0  
30  
24  
23  
20  
19  
Rsvd  
R-0  
18  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
TXERRCODE  
R-0  
TXERRCH  
R-0  
15  
7
12  
11  
10  
2
8
RXERRCODE  
R-0  
Reserved  
R-0  
RXERRCH  
R-0  
3
1
0
Reserved  
R-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset  
RXQOSACT  
R-0  
RXFLOWACT  
R-0  
TXFLOWACT  
R-0  
Table 67. MAC Status Register (MACSTATUS) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value Description  
31  
IDLE  
EMAC idle bit. This bit is set to 0 at reset; one clock after reset it goes to 1.  
0
1
The EMAC is not idle.  
The EMAC is in the idle state.  
Reserved  
30-24 Reserved  
0
23-20 TXERRCODE  
0-Fh  
Transmit host error code. These bits indicate that EMAC detected transmit DMA related host errors.  
The host should read this field after a host error interrupt (HOSTPEND) to determine the error. Host  
error interrupts require hardware reset in order to recover. A 0 packet length is an error, but it is not  
detected.  
0
1h  
2h  
3h  
4h  
5h  
6h  
0
No error  
SOP error; the buffer is the first buffer in a packet, but the SOP bit is not set in software.  
Ownership bit not set in SOP buffer  
Zero next buffer descriptor pointer without EOP  
Zero buffer pointer  
Zero buffer length  
Packet length error (sum of buffers is less than packet length)  
Reserved  
19  
Reserved  
18-16 TXERRCH  
0-7h  
Transmit host error channel. These bits indicate which transmit channel the host error occurred on.  
This field is cleared to 0 on a host read.  
0
1h  
The host error occurred on transmit channel 0  
The host error occurred on transmit channel 1  
The host error occurred on transmit channel 2  
The host error occurred on transmit channel 3  
The host error occurred on transmit channel 4  
The host error occurred on transmit channel 5  
The host error occurred on transmit channel 6  
The host error occurred on transmit channel 7  
2h  
3h  
4h  
5h  
6h  
7h  
15-12 RXERRCODE  
0-Fh  
Receive host error code. These bits indicate that EMAC detected receive DMA related host errors.  
The host should read this field after a host error interrupt (HOSTPEND) to determine the error. Host  
error interrupts require hardware reset in order to recover.  
0
2h  
4h  
0
No error  
Ownership bit not set in SOP buffer  
Zero buffer pointer  
Reserved  
11  
Reserved  
111  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
Table 67. MAC Status Register (MACSTATUS) Field Descriptions (continued)  
Bit  
Field  
Value Description  
10-8  
RXERRCH  
0-3h  
Receive host error channel. These bits indicate which receive channel the host error occurred on.  
This field is cleared to 0 on a host read.  
The host error occurred on receive channel 0  
The host error occurred on receive channel 1  
The host error occurred on receive channel 2  
The host error occurred on receive channel 3  
The host error occurred on receive channel 4  
The host error occurred on receive channel 5  
The host error occurred on receive channel 6  
The host error occurred on receive channel 7  
Reserved  
0
1h  
2h  
3h  
4h  
5h  
6h  
7h  
0
7-3  
2
Reserved  
RXQOSACT  
Receive Quality of Service (QOS) active bit. When asserted, indicates that receive quality of service  
is enabled and that at least one channel freebuffer count (RXnFREEBUFFER) is less than or equal  
to the RXFILTERLOWTHRESH value.  
0
1
Receive quality of service is disabled.  
Receive quality of service is enabled.  
1
0
RXFLOWACT  
TXFLOWACT  
Receive flow control active bit. When asserted, at least one channel freebuffer count  
(RXnFREEBUFFER) is less than or equal to the channel's corresponding RXnFILTERTHRESH  
value.  
0
1
Receive flow control is inactive.  
Receive flow control is active.  
Transmit flow control active bit. When asserted, this bit indicates that the pause time period is being  
observed for a received pause frame. No new transmissions will begin while this bit is asserted,  
except for the transmission of pause frames. Any transmission in progress when this bit is asserted  
will complete.  
0
1
Transmit flow control is inactive.  
Transmit flow control is active.  
112  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
5.31 Emulation Control Register (EMCONTROL)  
The emulation control register (EMCONTROL) is shown in Figure 70 and described in Table 68.  
Figure 70. Emulation Control Register (EMCONTROL)  
31  
15  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
2
1
Reserved  
R-0  
SOFT FREE  
R/W-0 R/W-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset  
Table 68. Emulation Control Register (EMCONTROL) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-2  
1
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
SOFT  
0
Reserved  
0-1  
0-1  
Emulation soft bit  
Emulation free bit  
0
FREE  
5.32 FIFO Control Register (FIFOCONTROL)  
The FIFO control register (FIFOCONTROL) is shown in Figure 71 and described in Table 69.  
Figure 71. FIFO Control Register (FIFOCONTROL)  
31  
15  
23  
22  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
RXFIFOFLOWTHRESH  
R/W-2h  
5
4
Reserved  
R-0  
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
TXCELLTHRESH  
R/W-18h  
Table 69. FIFO Control Register (FIFOCONTROL) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value Description  
31-23 Reserved  
0
Reserved  
22-16 RXFIFOFLOWTHRESH  
0-3Fh Receive FIFO flow control threshold. Occupancy of the receive FIFO when receive  
FIFO flow control is triggered (if enabled). The default value is 2h, which means that  
receive FIFO flow control is triggered when the occupancy of the FIFO reaches 2 cells.  
15-5 Reserved  
0
Reserved  
4-0  
TXCELLTHRESH  
0-1Fh Transmit FIFO cell threshold. Indicates the number of 64-byte packet cells required to  
be in the transmit FIFO before the packet transfer is initiated. Packets with fewer cells  
are initiated when the complete packet is contained in the FIFO. This value must be  
greater than or equal to 2 and less than or equal to 24 (2 TXCELLTHRESH 24).  
113  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
5.33 MAC Configuration Register (MACCONFIG)  
The MAC configuration register (MACCONFIG) is shown in Figure 72 and described in Table 70.  
Figure 72. MAC Configuration Register (MACCONFIG)  
31  
15  
24  
23  
16  
0
TXCELLDEPTH  
R-18h  
RXCELLDEPTH  
R-44h  
8
7
ADDRESSTYPE  
R-2h  
MACCFIG  
R-3h  
LEGEND: R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 70. MAC Configuration Register (MACCONFIG) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value Description  
31-24 TXCELLDEPTH  
23-16 RXCELLDEPTH  
0-FFh Transmit cell depth. Indicate the number of cells in the transmit FIFO.  
0-FFh Receive cell depth. Indicate the number of cells in the receive FIFO.  
0-FFh Address type.  
15-8  
7-0  
ADDRESSTYPE  
MACCFIG  
0-FFh MAC configuration value.  
5.34 Soft Reset Register (SOFTRESET)  
The soft reset register (SOFTRESET) is shown in Figure 73 and described in Table 71.  
Figure 73. Soft Reset Register (SOFTRESET)  
31  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
1
Reserved  
R-0  
SOFTRESET  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset  
Table 71. Soft Reset Register (SOFTRESET) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-1  
0
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
SOFTRESET  
0
Reserved  
Software reset. Writing a 1 to this bit causes the EMAC logic to be reset. Software reset occurs  
when the receive and transmit DMA controllers are in an idle state to avoid locking up the  
Configuration bus. After writing a 1 to this bit, it may be polled to determine if the reset has  
occurred. If a 1 is read, the reset has not yet occurred. If a 0 is read, then a reset has occurred.  
0
1
A software reset has not occurred.  
A software reset has occurred.  
114  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
5.35 MAC Source Address Low Bytes Register (MACSRCADDRLO)  
The MAC source address low bytes register (MACSRCADDRLO) is shown in Figure 74 and described  
in Table 72.  
Figure 74. MAC Source Address Low Bytes Register (MACSRCADDRLO)  
31  
15  
16  
Reserved  
R-0  
8
7
0
MACSRCADDR0  
R/W-0  
MACSRCADDR1  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset  
Table 72. MAC Source Address Low Bytes Register (MACSRCADDRLO) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
31-16 Reserved  
0
15-8  
7-0  
MACSRCADDR0  
MACSRCADDR1  
0-FFh MAC source address lower 8 bits (byte 0)  
0-FFh MAC source address bits 15-8 (byte 1)  
5.36 MAC Source Address High Bytes Register (MACSRCADDRHI)  
The MAC source address high bytes register (MACSRCADDRHI) is shown in Figure 75 and described  
in Table 73.  
Figure 75. MAC Source Address High Bytes Register (MACSRCADDRHI)  
31  
15  
24  
23  
16  
0
MACSRCADDR2  
R/W-0  
MACSRCADDR3  
R/W-0  
8
7
MACSRCADDR4  
R/W-0  
MACSRCADDR5  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset  
Table 73. MAC Source Address High Bytes Register (MACSRCADDRHI) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value Description  
31-24 MACSRCADDR2  
23-16 MACSRCADDR3  
0-FFh MAC source address bits 23-16 (byte 2)  
0-FFh MAC source address bits 31-24 (byte 3)  
0-FFh MAC source address bits 39-32 (byte 4)  
0-FFh MAC source address bits 47-40 (byte 5)  
15-8  
7-0  
MACSRCADDR4  
MACSRCADDR5  
115  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
5.37 MAC Hash Address Register 1 (MACHASH1)  
The MAC hash registers allow group addressed frames to be accepted on the basis of a hash function  
of the address. The hash function creates a 6-bit data value (Hash_fun) from the 48-bit destination  
address (DA) as follows:  
Hash_fun(0)=DA(0) XOR DA(6) XOR DA(12) XOR DA(18) XOR DA(24) XOR DA(30) XOR DA(36) XOR DA(42);  
Hash_fun(1)=DA(1) XOR DA(7) XOR DA(13) XOR DA(19) XOR DA(25) XOR DA(31) XOR DA(37) XOR DA(43);  
Hash_fun(2)=DA(2) XOR DA(8) XOR DA(14) XOR DA(20) XOR DA(26) XOR DA(32) XOR DA(38) XOR DA(44);  
Hash_fun(3)=DA(3) XOR DA(9) XOR DA(15) XOR DA(21) XOR DA(27) XOR DA(33) XOR DA(39) XOR DA(45);  
Hash_fun(4)=DA(4) XOR DA(10) XOR DA(16) XOR DA(22) XOR DA(28) XOR DA(34) XOR DA(40) XOR DA(46);  
Hash_fun(5)=DA(5) XOR DA(11) XOR DA(17) XOR DA(23) XOR DA(29) XOR DA(35) XOR DA(41) XOR DA(47);  
This function is used as an offset into a 64-bit hash table stored in MACHASH1 and MACHASH2 that  
indicates whether a particular address should be accepted or not.  
The MAC hash address register 1 (MACHASH1) is shown in Figure 76 and described in Table 74.  
Figure 76. MAC Hash Address Register 1 (MACHASH1)  
31  
15  
16  
MACHASH1  
R/W-0  
0
MACHASH1  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset  
Table 74. MAC Hash Address Register 1 (MACHASH1) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value  
Description  
31-0  
MACHASH1  
0-FFFF FFFFh Least-significant 32 bits of the hash table corresponding to hash values 0 to 31. If a hash  
table bit is set, then a group address that hashes to that bit index is accepted.  
5.38 MAC Hash Address Register 2 (MACHASH2)  
The MAC hash address register 2 (MACHASH2) is shown in Figure 77 and described in Table 75.  
Figure 77. MAC Hash Address Register 2 (MACHASH2)  
31  
16  
0
MACHASH2  
R/W-0  
15  
MACHASH2  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset  
Table 75. MAC Hash Address Register 2 (MACHASH2) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value  
Description  
31-0  
MACHASH2  
0-FFFF FFFFh Most-significant 32 bits of the hash table corresponding to hash values 32 to 63. If a hash  
table bit is set, then a group address that hashes to that bit index is accepted.  
116  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
5.39 Back Off Test Register (BOFFTEST)  
The back off test register (BOFFTEST) is shown in Figure 78 and described in Table 76.  
Figure 78. Back Off Random Number Generator Test Register (BOFFTEST)  
31  
15  
26  
25  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
RNDNUM  
R-0  
12  
11  
10  
9
COLLCOUNT  
R-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Reserved  
TXBACKOFF  
R-0  
R-0  
Table 76. Back Off Test Register (BOFFTEST) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value Description  
31-26 Reserved  
25-16 RNDNUM  
0
Reserved  
0-3FFh Backoff random number generator. This field allows the Backoff Random Number Generator to be  
read. Reading this field returns the generator's current value. The value is reset to 0 and begins  
counting on the clock after the deassertion of reset.  
15-12 COLLCOUNT  
11-10 Reserved  
0-Fh  
0
Collision count. These bits indicate the number of collisions the current frame has experienced.  
Reserved  
9-0  
TXBACKOFF  
0-3FFh Backoff count. This field allows the current value of the backoff counter to be observed for test  
purposes. This field is loaded automatically according to the backoff algorithm, and is decremented  
by one for each slot time after the collision.  
5.40 Transmit Pacing Algorithm Test Register (TPACETEST)  
The transmit pacing algorithm test register (TPACETEST) is shown in Figure 79 and described in  
Figure 79. Transmit Pacing Algorithm Test Register (TPACETEST)  
31  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
5
4
Reserved  
R-0  
PACEVAL  
R-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 77. Transmit Pacing Algorithm Test Register (TPACETEST) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-5  
4-0  
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
PACEVAL  
0
Reserved  
0-1Fh Pacing register current value. A nonzero value in this field indicates that transmit pacing is active. A  
transmit frame collision or deferral causes PACEVAL to be loaded with 1Fh (31); good frame  
transmissions (with no collisions or deferrals) cause PACEVAL to be decremented down to 0. When  
PACEVAL is nonzero, the transmitter delays four Inter Packet Gaps between new frame transmissions  
after each successfully transmitted frame that had no deferrals or collisions. If a transmit frame is  
deferred or suffers a collision, the IPG time is not stretched to four times the normal value. Transmit  
pacing helps reduce capture effects, which improves overall network bandwidth.  
117  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
5.41 Receive Pause Timer Register (RXPAUSE)  
The receive pause timer register (RXPAUSE) is shown in Figure 80 and described in Table 78.  
Figure 80. Receive Pause Timer Register (RXPAUSE)  
31  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
PAUSETIMER  
R-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 78. Receive Pause Timer Register (RXPAUSE) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-16 Reserved  
15-0 PAUSETIMER  
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
0
0-FFh Receive pause timer value. These bits allow the contents of the receive pause timer to be  
observed. The receive pause timer is loaded with FF00h when the EMAC sends an outgoing pause  
frame (with pause time of FFFFh). The receive pause timer is decremented at slot time intervals. If  
the receive pause timer decrements to 0, then another outgoing pause frame is sent and the  
load/decrement process is repeated.  
5.42 Transmit Pause Timer Register (TXPAUSE)  
The transmit pause timer register (TXPAUSE) is shown in Figure 81 and described in Table 79.  
Figure 81. Transmit Pause Timer Register (TXPAUSE)  
31  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
PAUSETIMER  
R-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; -n = value after reset  
Table 79. Transmit Pause Timer Register (TXPAUSE) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-16 Reserved  
15-0 PAUSETIMER  
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
0
0-FFh Transmit pause timer value. These bits allow the contents of the transmit pause timer to be  
observed. The transmit pause timer is loaded by a received (incoming) pause frame, and then  
decremented at slot time intervals down to 0, at which time EMAC transmit frames are again  
enabled.  
118  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
5.43 MAC Address Low Bytes Register (MACADDRLO)  
The MAC address low bytes register used in address matching (MACADDRLO), is shown in Figure 82  
and described in Table 80.  
Figure 82. MAC Address Low Bytes Register (MACADDRLO)  
31  
15  
21  
20  
19  
18  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
VALID  
R/W-x  
MATCHFILT  
R/W-x  
CHANNEL  
R/W-x  
8
7
MACADDR0  
R/W-0  
MACADDR1  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; R = Read only; -n = value after reset; -x = value is indeterminate after reset  
Table 80. MAC Address Low Bytes Register (MACADDRLO) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value Description  
31-21 Reserved  
0
Reserved  
20  
19  
VALID  
Address valid bit. This bit should be cleared to zero for unused address RAM locations.  
0
1
Address location is not valid and will not be used in determining whether or not an incoming packet  
matches or is filtered.  
Address location is valid and will be used in determining whether or not an incoming packet  
matches or is filtered.  
MATCHFILT  
Match or filter bit  
0
1
The address will be used (if the VALID bit is set) to determine if the incoming packet address  
should be filtered.  
The address will be used (if the VALID bit is set) to determine if the incoming packet address is a  
match.  
18-16 CHANNEL  
0-7h  
Channel bit. Determines which receive channel a valid address match will be transferred to. The  
channel is a don't care if the MATCHFILT bit is cleared to 0.  
15-8  
7-0  
MACADDR0  
MACADDR1  
0-FFh MAC address lower 8 bits (byte 0)  
0-FFh MAC address bits 15-8 (byte 1)  
119  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
5.44 MAC Address High Bytes Register (MACADDRHI)  
The MAC address high bytes register (MACADDRHI) is shown in Figure 83 and described in Table 81.  
Figure 83. MAC Address High Bytes Register (MACADDRHI)  
31  
15  
24  
23  
16  
0
MACADDR2  
R/W-0  
MACADDR3  
R/W-0  
8
7
MACADDR4  
R/W-0  
MACADDR5  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset  
Table 81. MAC Address High Bytes Register (MACADDRHI) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value Description  
31-24 MACADDR2  
23-16 MACADDR3  
0-FFh MAC source address bits 23-16 (byte 2)  
0-FFh MAC source address bits 31-24 (byte 3)  
15-8  
7-0  
MACADDR4  
MACADDR5  
0-FFh MAC source address bits 39-32 (byte 4)  
0-FFh MAC source address bits 47-40 (byte 5). Bit 40 is the group bit. It is forced to 0 and read as 0.  
Therefore, only unicast addresses are represented in the address table.  
5.45 MAC Index Register (MACINDEX)  
The MAC index register (MACINDEX) is shown in Figure 84 and described in Table 82.  
Figure 84. MAC Index Register (MACINDEX)  
31  
16  
0
Reserved  
R-0  
15  
3
2
Reserved  
R-0  
MACINDEX  
R/W-0  
LEGEND: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset  
Table 82. MAC Index Register (MACINDEX) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
31-3  
2-0  
Field  
Value Description  
Reserved  
MACINDEX  
0
Reserved  
MAC address index. The host must write the index into the RX ADDR RAM in the MACINDEX field,  
0-7h  
followed by the upper 32-bits of address, followed by the lower 16-bits of address (with control bits). The  
53-bit indexed RAM location is written when the low location is written. All 32 address RAM locations  
must be initialized prior to enabling packet reception.  
120  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
5.46 Transmit Channel 0-7 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register (TXnHDP)  
The transmit channel 0-7 DMA head descriptor pointer register (TXnHDP) is shown in Figure 85 and  
described in Table 83.  
Figure 85. Transmit Channel n DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register (TXnHDP)  
31  
16  
0
TXnHDP  
R/W-x  
15  
TXnHDP  
R/W-x  
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset; -x = value is indeterminate after reset  
Table 83. Transmit Channel n DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register (TXnHDP)  
Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value  
Description  
31-0  
TXnHDP  
0-FFFF FFFFh Transmit channel n DMA Head Descriptor pointer. Writing a transmit DMA buffer descriptor  
address to a head pointer location initiates transmit DMA operations in the queue for the  
selected channel. Writing to these locations when they are nonzero is an error (except at reset).  
Host software must initialize these locations to 0 on reset.  
5.47 Receive Channel 0-7 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register (RXnHDP)  
The receive channel 0-7 DMA head descriptor pointer register (RXnHDP) is shown in Figure 86 and  
described in Table 84.  
Figure 86. Receive Channel n DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register (RXnHDP)  
31  
16  
0
RXnHDP  
R/W-x  
15  
RXnHDP  
R/W-x  
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset; -x = value is indeterminate after reset  
Table 84. Receive Channel n DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register (RXnHDP)  
Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value  
Description  
31-0  
RXnHDP  
0-FFFF FFFFh Receive channel n DMA Head Descriptor pointer. Writing a receive DMA buffer descriptor  
address to this location allows receive DMA operations in the selected channel when a channel  
frame is received. Writing to these locations when they are nonzero is an error (except at reset).  
Host software must initialize these locations to 0 on reset.  
121  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
5.48 Transmit Channel 0-7 Completion Pointer Register (TXnCP)  
The transmit channel 0-7 completion pointer register (TXnCP) is shown in Figure 87 and described in  
Figure 87. Transmit Channel n Completion Pointer Register (TXnCP)  
31  
15  
16  
TXnCP  
R/W-x  
0
TXnCP  
R/W-x  
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset; -x = value is indeterminate after reset  
Table 85. Transmit Channel n Completion Pointer Register (TXnCP) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value  
Description  
31-0  
TXnCP  
0-FFFF FFFFh  
Transmit channel n completion pointer register is written by the host with the buffer descriptor  
address for the last buffer processed by the host during interrupt processing. The EMAC uses the  
value written to determine if the interrupt should be deasserted.  
5.49 Receive Channel 0-7 Completion Pointer Register (RXnCP)  
The receive channel 0-7 completion pointer register (RXnCP) is shown in Figure 88 and described in  
Figure 88. Receive Channel n Completion Pointer Register (RXnCP)  
31  
16  
0
RXnCP  
R/W-x  
15  
RXnCP  
R/W-x  
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset; -x = value is indeterminate after reset  
Table 86. Receive Channel n Completion Pointer Register (RXnCP) Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Value  
Description  
31-0  
RXnCP  
0-FFFF FFFFh  
Receive channel n completion pointer register is written by the host with the buffer descriptor  
address for the last buffer processed by the host during interrupt processing. The EMAC uses the  
value written to determine if the interrupt should be deasserted.  
122  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
5.50 Network Statistics Registers  
The EMAC has a set of statistics that record events associated with frame traffic. The statistics values  
are cleared to zero 38 clocks after the rising edge of reset. When the MII bit in the MACCONTROL  
register is set, all statistics registers (see Figure 89) are write-to-decrement. The value written is  
subtracted from the register value with the result stored in the register. If a value greater than the  
statistics value is written, then zero is written to the register (writing FFFF FFFFh clears a statistics  
location). When the MII bit is cleared, all statistics registers are read/write (normal write direct, so  
writing 0000 0000h clears a statistics location). All write accesses must be 32-bit accesses.  
The statistics interrupt (STATPEND) is issued, if enabled, when any statistics value is greater than or  
equal to 8000 0000h. The statistics interrupt is removed by writing to decrement any statistics value  
greater than 8000 0000h. The statistics are mapped into internal memory space and are 32-bits wide.  
All statistics rollover from FFFF FFFFh to 0000 0000h.  
Figure 89. Statistics Register  
31  
15  
16  
COUNT  
R/WD-0  
0
COUNT  
R/WD-0  
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; WD = Write to decrement; -n = value after reset  
5.50.1 Good Receive Frames Register (RXGOODFRAMES)  
The total number of good frames received on the EMAC. A good frame is defined as having all of the  
following:  
Any data or MAC control frame that matched a unicast, broadcast, or multicast address, or matched  
due to promiscuous mode  
Was of length 64 to RXMAXLEN bytes inclusive  
Had no CRC error, alignment error, or code error  
See Section 2.6.5 for definitions of alignment, code, and CRC errors. Overruns have no effect on this  
statistic.  
5.50.2 Broadcast Receive Frames Register (RXBCASTFRAMES)  
The total number of good broadcast frames received on the EMAC. A good broadcast frame is defined  
as having all of the following:  
Any data or MAC control frame that was destined for address FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FFh only  
Was of length 64 to RXMAXLEN bytes inclusive  
Had no CRC error, alignment error, or code error  
See Section 2.6.5 for definitions of alignment, code, and CRC errors. Overruns have no effect on this  
statistic.  
5.50.3 Multicast Receive Frames Register (RXMCASTFRAMES)  
The total number of good multicast frames received on the EMAC. A good multicast frame is defined as  
having all of the following:  
Any data or MAC control frame that was destined for any multicast address other than  
FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FFh  
Was of length 64 to RXMAXLEN bytes inclusive  
Had no CRC error, alignment error, or code error  
See Section 2.6.5 for definitions of alignment, code, and CRC errors. Overruns have no effect on this  
statistic.  
123  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
5.50.4 Pause Receive Frames Register (RXPAUSEFRAMES)  
The total number of IEEE 802.3X pause frames received by the EMAC (whether acted upon or not). A  
pause frame is defined as having all of the following:  
Contained any unicast, broadcast, or multicast address  
Contained the length/type field value 88.08h and the opcode 0001h  
Was of length 64 to RXMAXLEN bytes inclusive  
Had no CRC error, alignment error, or code error  
Pause-frames had been enabled on the EMAC (TXFLOWEN bit is set in MACCONTROL).  
The EMAC could have been in either half-duplex or full-duplex mode. See Section 2.6.5 for definitions  
of alignment, code, and CRC errors. Overruns have no effect on this statistic.  
5.50.5 Receive CRC Errors Register (RXCRCERRORS)  
The total number of frames received on the EMAC that experienced a CRC error. A frame with CRC  
errors is defined as having all of the following:  
Was any data or MAC control frame that matched a unicast, broadcast, or multicast address, or  
matched due to promiscuous mode  
Was of length 64 to RXMAXLEN bytes inclusive  
Had no alignment or code error  
Had a CRC error. A CRC error is defined as having all of the following:  
A frame containing an even number of nibbles  
Fails the frame check sequence test  
See Section 2.6.5 for definitions of alignment, code, and CRC errors. Overruns have no effect on this  
statistic.  
5.50.6 Receive Alignment/Code Errors Register (RXALIGNCODEERRORS)  
The total number of frames received on the EMAC that experienced an alignment error or code error.  
Such a frame is defined as having all of the following:  
Was any data or MAC control frame that matched a unicast, broadcast, or multicast address, or  
matched due to promiscuous mode  
Was of length 64 to RXMAXLEN bytes inclusive  
Had either an alignment error or a code error  
An alignment error is defined as having all of the following:  
A frame containing an odd number of nibbles  
Fails the frame check sequence test, if the final nibble is ignored  
A code error is defined as a frame that has been discarded because the EMACs MRXER pin is  
driven with a one for at least one bit-time's duration at any point during the frame's reception.  
Overruns have no effect on this statistic.  
CRC alignment or code errors can be calculated by summing receive alignment errors, receive code  
errors, and receive CRC errors.  
5.50.7 Receive Oversized Frames Register (RXOVERSIZED)  
The total number of oversized frames received on the EMAC. An oversized frame is defined as having  
all of the following:  
Was any data or MAC control frame that matched a unicast, broadcast, or multicast address, or  
matched due to promiscuous mode  
Was greater than RXMAXLEN in bytes  
Had no CRC error, alignment error, or code error  
See Section 2.6.5 for definitions of alignment, code, and CRC errors. Overruns have no effect on this  
statistic.  
124  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
5.50.8 Receive Jabber Frames Register (RXJABBER)  
The total number of jabber frames received on the EMAC. A jabber frame is defined as having all of the  
following:  
Was any data or MAC control frame that matched a unicast, broadcast, or multicast address, or  
matched due to promiscuous mode  
Was greater than RXMAXLEN bytes long  
Had a CRC error, alignment error, or code error  
See Section 2.6.5 for definitions of alignment, code, and CRC errors. Overruns have no effect on this  
statistic.  
5.50.9 Receive Undersized Frames Register (RXUNDERSIZED)  
The total number of undersized frames received on the EMAC. An undersized frame is defined as  
having all of the following:  
Was any data frame that matched a unicast, broadcast, or multicast address, or matched due to  
promiscuous mode  
Was less than 64 bytes long  
Had no CRC error, alignment error, or code error  
See Section 2.6.5 for definitions of alignment, code, and CRC errors. Overruns have no effect on this  
statistic.  
5.50.10 Receive Frame Fragments Register (RXFRAGMENTS)  
The total number of frame fragments received on the EMAC. A frame fragment is defined as having all  
of the following:  
Any data frame (address matching does not matter)  
Was less than 64 bytes long  
Had a CRC error, alignment error, or code error  
Was not the result of a collision caused by half duplex, collision based flow control  
See Section 2.6.5 for definitions of alignment, code, and CRC errors. Overruns have no effect on this  
statistic.  
5.50.11 Filtered Receive Frames Register (RXFILTERED)  
The total number of frames received on the EMAC that the EMAC address matching process indicated  
should be discarded. Such a frame is defined as having all of the following:  
Was any data frame (not MAC control frame) destined for any unicast, broadcast, or multicast  
address  
Did not experience any CRC error, alignment error, code error  
The address matching process decided that the frame should be discarded (filtered) because it did  
not match the unicast, broadcast, or multicast address, and it did not match due to promiscuous  
mode.  
To determine the number of receive frames discarded by the EMAC for any reason, sum the following  
statistics (promiscuous mode disabled):  
Receive fragments  
Receive undersized frames  
Receive CRC errors  
Receive alignment/code errors  
Receive jabbers  
Receive overruns  
Receive filtered frames  
125  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
This may not be an exact count because the receive overruns statistic is independent of the other  
statistics, so if an overrun occurs at the same time as one of the other discard reasons, then the above  
sum double-counts that frame.  
5.50.12 Receive QOS Filtered Frames Register (RXQOSFILTERED)  
The total number of frames received on the EMAC that were filtered due to receive quality of service  
(QOS) filtering. Such a frame is defined as having all of the following:  
Any data or MAC control frame that matched a unicast, broadcast, or multicast address, or matched  
due to promiscuous mode  
The frame destination channel flow control threshold register (RXnFLOWTHRESH) value was  
greater than or equal to the channel's corresponding free buffer register (RXnFREEBUFFER) value  
Was of length 64 to RXMAXLEN  
RXQOSEN bit is set in RXMBPENABLE  
Had no CRC error, alignment error, or code error  
See Section 2.6.5 for definitions of alignment, code, and CRC errors. Overruns have no effect on this  
statistic.  
5.50.13 Receive Octet Frames Register (RXOCTETS)  
The total number of bytes in all good frames received on the EMAC. A good frame is defined as having  
all of the following:  
Any data or MAC control frame that matched a unicast, broadcast, or multicast address, or matched  
due to promiscuous mode  
Was of length 64 to RXMAXLEN bytes inclusive  
Had no CRC error, alignment error, or code error  
See Section 2.6.5 for definitions of alignment, code, and CRC errors. Overruns have no effect on this  
statistic.  
5.50.14 Good Transmit Frames Register (TXGOODFRAMES)  
The total number of good frames transmitted on the EMAC. A good frame is defined as having all of the  
following:  
Any data or MAC control frame that was destined for any unicast, broadcast, or multicast address  
Was any length  
Had no late or excessive collisions, no carrier loss, and no underrun  
5.50.15 Broadcast Transmit Frames Register (TXBCASTFRAMES)  
The total number of good broadcast frames transmitted on the EMAC. A good broadcast frame is  
defined as having all of the following:  
Any data or MAC control frame destined for address FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FFh only  
Was of any length  
Had no late or excessive collisions, no carrier loss, and no underrun  
5.50.16 Multicast Transmit Frames Register (TXMCASTFRAMES)  
The total number of good multicast frames transmitted on the EMAC. A good multicast frame is defined  
as having all of the following:  
Any data or MAC control frame destined for any multicast address other than FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FFh  
Was of any length  
Had no late or excessive collisions, no carrier loss, and no underrun  
126  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
5.50.17 Pause Transmit Frames Register (TXPAUSEFRAMES)  
The total number of IEEE 802.3X pause frames transmitted by the EMAC. Pause frames cannot  
underrun or contain a CRC error because they are created in the transmitting MAC, so these error  
conditions have no effect on this statistic. Pause frames sent by software are not included in this count.  
Since pause frames are only transmitted in full-duplex mode, carrier loss and collisions have no effect  
on this statistic.  
Transmitted pause frames are always 64-byte multicast frames so appear in the multicast transmit  
frames register and 64 octet frames register statistics.  
5.50.18 Deferred Transmit Frames Register (TXDEFERRED)  
The total number of frames transmitted on the EMAC that first experienced deferment. Such a frame is  
defined as having all of the following:  
Was any data or MAC control frame destined for any unicast, broadcast, or multicast address  
Was any size  
Had no carrier loss and no underrun  
Experienced no collisions before being successfully transmitted  
Found the medium busy when transmission was first attempted, so had to wait.  
CRC errors have no effect on this statistic.  
5.50.19 Transmit Collision Frames Register (TXCOLLISION)  
The total number of times that the EMAC experienced a collision. Collisions occur under two  
circumstances:  
When a transmit data or MAC control frame has all of the following:  
Was destined for any unicast, broadcast, or multicast address  
Was any size  
Had no carrier loss and no underrun  
Experienced a collision. A jam sequence is sent for every non-late collision, so this statistic  
increments on each occasion if a frame experiences multiple collisions (and increments on late  
collisions).  
When the EMAC is in half-duplex mode, flow control is active, and a frame reception begins.  
CRC errors have no effect on this statistic.  
5.50.20 Transmit Single Collision Frames Register (TXSINGLECOLL)  
The total number of frames transmitted on the EMAC that experienced exactly one collision. Such a  
frame is defined as having all of the following:  
Was any data or MAC control frame destined for any unicast, broadcast, or multicast address  
Was any size  
Had no carrier loss and no underrun  
Experienced one collision before successful transmission. The collision was not late.  
CRC errors have no effect on this statistic.  
5.50.21 Transmit Multiple Collision Frames Register (TXMULTICOLL)  
The total number of frames transmitted on the EMAC that experienced multiple collisions. Such a frame  
is defined as having all of the following:  
Was any data or MAC control frame destined for any unicast, broadcast, or multicast address  
Was any size  
Had no carrier loss and no underrun  
Experienced 2 to 15 collisions before being successfully transmitted. None of the collisions were  
late.  
127  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
CRC errors have no effect on this statistic.  
5.50.22 Transmit Excessive Collision Frames Register (TXEXCESSIVECOLL)  
The total number of frames when transmission was abandoned due to excessive collisions. Such a  
frame is defined as having all of the following:  
Was any data or MAC control frame destined for any unicast, broadcast, or multicast address  
Was any size  
Had no carrier loss and no underrun  
Experienced 16 collisions before abandoning all attempts at transmitting the frame. None of the  
collisions were late.  
CRC errors have no effect on this statistic.  
5.50.23 Transmit Late Collision Frames Register (TXLATECOLL)  
The total number of frames when transmission was abandoned due to a late collision. Such a frame is  
defined as having all of the following:  
Was any data or MAC control frame destined for any unicast, broadcast, or multicast address  
Was any size  
Had no carrier loss and no underrun  
Experienced a collision later than 512 bit-times into the transmission. There may have been up to 15  
previous (non-late) collisions that had previously required the transmission to be reattempted. The  
late collisions statistic dominates over the single, multiple, and excessive collisions statistics. If a  
late collision occurs, the frame is not counted in any of these other three statistics.  
CRC errors, carrier loss, and underrun have no effect on this statistic.  
5.50.24 Transmit Underrun Error Register (TXUNDERRUN)  
The number of frames sent by the EMAC that experienced FIFO underrun. Late collisions, CRC errors,  
carrier loss, and underrun have no effect on this statistic.  
5.50.25 Transmit Carrier Sense Errors Register (TXCARRIERSENSE)  
The total number of frames on the EMAC that experienced carrier loss. Such a frame is defined as  
having all of the following:  
Was any data or MAC control frame destined for any unicast, broadcast, or multicast address  
Was any size  
The carrier sense condition was lost or never asserted when transmitting the frame (the frame is not  
retransmitted)  
CRC errors and underrun have no effect on this statistic.  
5.50.26 Transmit Octet Frames Register (TXOCTETS)  
The total number of bytes in all good frames transmitted on the EMAC. A good frame is defined as  
having all of the following:  
Any data or MAC control frame that was destined for any unicast, broadcast, or multicast address  
Was any length  
Had no late or excessive collisions, no carrier loss, and no underrun  
5.50.27 Transmit and Receive 64 Octet Frames Register (FRAME64)  
The total number of 64-byte frames received and transmitted on the EMAC. Such a frame is defined as  
having all of the following:  
Any data or MAC control frame that was destined for any unicast, broadcast, or multicast address  
Did not experience late collisions, excessive collisions, underrun, or carrier sense error  
128  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
www.ti.com  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
Was exactly 64-bytes long. (If the frame was being transmitted and experienced carrier loss that  
resulted in a frame of this size being transmitted, then the frame is recorded in this statistic).  
CRC errors, alignment/code errors, and overruns do not affect the recording of frames in this statistic.  
5.50.28 Transmit and Receive 65 to 127 Octet Frames Register (FRAME65T127)  
The total number of 65-byte to 127-byte frames received and transmitted on the EMAC. Such a frame  
is defined as having all of the following:  
Any data or MAC control frame that was destined for any unicast, broadcast, or multicast address  
Did not experience late collisions, excessive collisions, underrun, or carrier sense error  
Was 65-bytes to 127-bytes long  
CRC errors, alignment/code errors, underruns, and overruns do not affect the recording of frames in  
this statistic.  
5.50.29 Transmit and Receive 128 to 255 Octet Frames Register (FRAME128T255)  
The total number of 128-byte to 255-byte frames received and transmitted on the EMAC. Such a frame  
is defined as having all of the following:  
Any data or MAC control frame that was destined for any unicast, broadcast, or multicast address  
Did not experience late collisions, excessive collisions, underrun, or carrier sense error  
Was 128-bytes to 255-bytes long  
CRC errors, alignment/code errors, underruns, and overruns do not affect the recording of frames in  
this statistic.  
5.50.30 Transmit and Receive 256 to 511 Octet Frames Register (FRAME256T511)  
The total number of 256-byte to 511-byte frames received and transmitted on the EMAC. Such a frame  
is defined as having all of the following:  
Any data or MAC control frame that was destined for any unicast, broadcast, or multicast address  
Did not experience late collisions, excessive collisions, underrun, or carrier sense error  
Was 256-bytes to 511-bytes long  
CRC errors, alignment/code errors, underruns, and overruns do not affect the recording of frames in  
this statistic.  
5.50.31 Transmit and Receive 512 to 1023 Octet Frames Register (FRAME512T1023)  
The total number of 512-byte to 1023-byte frames received and transmitted on the EMAC. Such a  
frame is defined as having all of the following:  
Any data or MAC control frame that was destined for any unicast, broadcast, or multicast address  
Did not experience late collisions, excessive collisions, underrun, or carrier sense error  
Was 512-bytes to 1023-bytes long  
CRC errors, alignment/code errors, and overruns do not affect the recording of frames in this statistic.  
5.50.32 Transmit and Receive 1024 to RXMAXLEN Octet Frames Register (FRAME1024TUP)  
The total number of 1024-byte to RXMAXLEN-byte frames received and transmitted on the EMAC.  
Such a frame is defined as having all of the following:  
Any data or MAC control frame that was destined for any unicast, broadcast, or multicast address  
Did not experience late collisions, excessive collisions, underrun, or carrier sense error  
Was 1024-bytes to RXMAXLEN-bytes long  
CRC/alignment/code errors, underruns, and overruns do not affect frame recording in this statistic.  
129  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers  
www.ti.com  
5.50.33 Network Octet Frames Register (NETOCTETS)  
The total number of bytes of frame data received and transmitted on the EMAC. Each frame counted  
has all of the following:  
Was any data or MAC control frame destined for any unicast, broadcast, or multicast address  
(address match does not matter)  
Was of any size (including less than 64-byte and greater than RXMAXLEN-byte frames)  
Also counted in this statistic is:  
Every byte transmitted before a carrier-loss was experienced  
Every byte transmitted before each collision was experienced (multiple retries are counted each  
time)  
Every byte received if the EMAC is in half-duplex mode until a jam sequence was transmitted to  
initiate flow control. (The jam sequence is not counted to prevent double-counting).  
Error conditions such as alignment errors, CRC errors, code errors, overruns, and underruns do not  
affect the recording of bytes in this statistic. The objective of this statistic is to give a reasonable  
indication of Ethernet utilization.  
5.50.34 Receive FIFO or DMA Start of Frame Overruns Register (RXSOFOVERRUNS)  
The total number of frames received on the EMAC that had either a FIFO or DMA start of frame (SOF)  
overrun. An SOF overrun frame is defined as having all of the following:  
Was any data or MAC control frame that matched a unicast, broadcast, or multicast address, or  
matched due to promiscuous mode  
Was of any size (including less than 64-byte and greater than RXMAXLEN-byte frames)  
The EMAC was unable to receive it because it did not have the resources to receive it (cell FIFO full  
or no DMA buffer available at the start of the frame).  
CRC errors, alignment errors, and code errors have no effect on this statistic.  
5.50.35 Receive FIFO or DMA Middle of Frame Overruns Register (RXMOFOVERRUNS)  
The total number of frames received on the EMAC that had either a FIFO or DMA middle of frame  
(MOF) overrun. An MOF overrun frame is defined as having all of the following:  
Was any data or MAC control frame that matched a unicast, broadcast, or multicast address, or  
matched due to promiscuous mode  
Was of any size (including less than 64-byte and greater than RXMAXLEN-byte frames)  
The EMAC was unable to receive it because it did not have the resources to receive it (cell FIFO full  
or no DMA buffer available after the frame was successfully started - no SOF overrun).  
CRC errors, alignment errors, and code errors have no effect on this statistic.  
5.50.36 Receive DMA Overruns Register (RXDMAOVERRUNS)  
The total number of frames received on the EMAC that had either a DMA start of frame (SOF) overrun  
or a DMA middle of frame (MOF) overrun. A receive DMA overrun frame is defined as having all of the  
following:  
Was any data or MAC control frame that matched a unicast, broadcast, or multicast address, or  
matched due to promiscuous mode  
Was of any size (including less than 64-byte and greater than RXMAXLEN-byte frames)  
The EMAC was unable to receive it because it did not have the DMA buffer resources to receive it  
(zero head descriptor pointer at the start or during the middle of the frame reception).  
CRC errors, alignment errors, and code errors have no effect on this statistic.  
130  
Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)/Management Data Input/Output  
(MDIO)  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
www.ti.com  
Appendix A Glossary  
Broadcast MAC Address— A special Ethernet MAC address used to send data to all Ethernet  
devices on the local network. The broadcast address is FFh-FFh-FFh-FFh-FFh-FFh. The LSB of  
the first byte is odd, qualifying it as a group address; however, its value is reserved for  
broadcast. It is classified separately by the EMAC.  
Descriptor (Packet Buffer Descriptor)— A small memory structure that describes a larger block of  
memory in terms of size, location, and state. Descriptors are used by the EMAC and application  
to describe the memory buffers that hold Ethernet data.  
Device — In this document, device refers to the TMS320DM36x processor.  
Ethernet MAC Address (MAC Address)— A unique 6-byte address that identifies an Ethernet device  
on the network. In an Ethernet packet, a MAC address is used twice, first to identify the packet’s  
destination, and second to identify the packet’s sender or source. An Ethernet MAC address is  
normally specified in hexadecimal, using dashes to separate bytes. For example,  
08h-00h-28h-32h-17h-42h.  
The first three bytes normally designate the manufacturer of the device. However, when the first  
byte of the address is odd (LSB is 1), the address is a group address (broadcast or multicast).  
The second bit specifies whether the address is globally or locally administrated (not considered  
in this document).  
Ethernet Packet (Packet)— An Ethernet packet is the collection of bytes that represents the data  
portion of a single Ethernet frame on the wire.  
Full Duplex— Full-duplex operation allows simultaneous communication between a pair of stations  
using point-to-point media (dedicated channel). Full-duplex operation does not require that  
transmitters defer, nor do they monitor or react to receive activity, as there is no contention for a  
shared medium in this mode. Full-duplex mode can only be used when all of the following are  
true:  
The physical medium is capable of supporting simultaneous transmission and reception  
without interference.  
There are exactly two stations connected with a full duplex point-to-point link. As there is no  
contention for use of a shared medium, the multiple access (that is, CSMA/CD) algorithms  
are unnecessary.  
Both stations on the LAN are capable of, and have been configured to use, full-duplex  
operation.  
The most common configuration envisioned for full-duplex operation consists of a central bridge  
(also known as a switch) with a dedicated LAN connecting each bridge port to a single device.  
Full-duplex operation constitutes a proper subset of the MAC functionality required for  
half-duplex operation.  
Half Duplex— In half-duplex mode, the CSMA/CD media access method is the means by which two or  
more stations share a common transmission medium. To transmit, a station waits (defers) for a  
quiet period on the medium, that is, no other station is transmitting. It then sends the intended  
message in bit-serial form. If, after initiating a transmission, the message collides with that of  
another station, then each transmitting station intentionally transmits for an additional predefined  
period to ensure propagation of the collision throughout the system. The station remains silent  
for a random amount of time (backoff) before attempting to transmit again.  
Host— The host is an intelligent system resource that configures and manages each communications  
control module. The host is responsible for allocating memory, initializing all data structures, and  
responding to port (EMAC) interrupts. In this document, host refers to the DM36x device.  
Jabber— A condition wherein a station transmits for a period of time longer than the maximum  
permissible packet length, usually due to a fault condition.  
Link— The transmission path between any two instances of generic cabling.  
131  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Glossary  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendix A  
www.ti.com  
Multicast MAC Address— A class of MAC address that sends a packet to potentially more than one  
recipient. A group address is specified by setting the LSB of the first MAC address byte to 1.  
Thus, 01h-02h-03h-04h-05h-06h is a valid multicast address. Typically, an Ethernet MAC looks  
for only certain multicast addresses on a network to reduce traffic load. The multicast address list  
of acceptable packets is specified by the application.  
Physical Layer and Media Notation— To identify different Ethernet technologies, a simple, three-field,  
type notation is used. The Physical Layer type used by the Ethernet is specified by these fields:  
<data rate in Mb/s><medium type><maximum segment length (× 100m) >  
The definitions for the technologies mentioned in this document are in Table 87.  
Table 87. Physical Layer Definitions  
Term  
Definition  
10Base-T  
IEEE 802.3 Physical Layer specification for a 10 Mb/s CSMA/CD local area network over two pairs of  
twisted-pair telephone wire.  
100Base-T  
IEEE 802.3 Physical Layer specification for a 100 Mb/s CSMA/CD local area network over two pairs of  
Category 5 unshielded twisted-pair (UTP) or shielded twisted-pair (STP) wire.  
Twisted pair  
A cable element that consists of two insulated conductors twisted together in a regular fashion to form a  
balanced transmission line.  
Port— Ethernet device.  
Promiscuous Mode— EMAC receives frames that do not match its address.  
132  
Glossary  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
www.ti.com  
Appendix B Revision History  
Table 88 lists the changes made since the previous version of this document.  
Table 88. Document Revision History  
Reference  
Additions/Modifications/Deletions  
Changed fourth paragraph.  
133  
SPRUFI5BMarch 2009Revised December 2010  
Revision History  
© 2009–2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IMPORTANT NOTICE  
Texas Instruments Incorporated and its subsidiaries (TI) reserve the right to make corrections, modifications, enhancements, improvements,  
and other changes to its products and services at any time and to discontinue any product or service without notice. Customers should  
obtain the latest relevant information before placing orders and should verify that such information is current and complete. All products are  
sold subject to TI’s terms and conditions of sale supplied at the time of order acknowledgment.  
TI warrants performance of its hardware products to the specifications applicable at the time of sale in accordance with TI’s standard  
warranty. Testing and other quality control techniques are used to the extent TI deems necessary to support this warranty. Except where  
mandated by government requirements, testing of all parameters of each product is not necessarily performed.  
TI assumes no liability for applications assistance or customer product design. Customers are responsible for their products and  
applications using TI components. To minimize the risks associated with customer products and applications, customers should provide  
adequate design and operating safeguards.  
TI does not warrant or represent that any license, either express or implied, is granted under any TI patent right, copyright, mask work right,  
or other TI intellectual property right relating to any combination, machine, or process in which TI products or services are used. Information  
published by TI regarding third-party products or services does not constitute a license from TI to use such products or services or a  
warranty or endorsement thereof. Use of such information may require a license from a third party under the patents or other intellectual  
property of the third party, or a license from TI under the patents or other intellectual property of TI.  
Reproduction of TI information in TI data books or data sheets is permissible only if reproduction is without alteration and is accompanied  
by all associated warranties, conditions, limitations, and notices. Reproduction of this information with alteration is an unfair and deceptive  
business practice. TI is not responsible or liable for such altered documentation. Information of third parties may be subject to additional  
restrictions.  
Resale of TI products or services with statements different from or beyond the parameters stated by TI for that product or service voids all  
express and any implied warranties for the associated TI product or service and is an unfair and deceptive business practice. TI is not  
responsible or liable for any such statements.  
TI products are not authorized for use in safety-critical applications (such as life support) where a failure of the TI product would reasonably  
be expected to cause severe personal injury or death, unless officers of the parties have executed an agreement specifically governing  
such use. Buyers represent that they have all necessary expertise in the safety and regulatory ramifications of their applications, and  
acknowledge and agree that they are solely responsible for all legal, regulatory and safety-related requirements concerning their products  
and any use of TI products in such safety-critical applications, notwithstanding any applications-related information or support that may be  
provided by TI. Further, Buyers must fully indemnify TI and its representatives against any damages arising out of the use of TI products in  
such safety-critical applications.  
TI products are neither designed nor intended for use in military/aerospace applications or environments unless the TI products are  
specifically designated by TI as military-grade or "enhanced plastic." Only products designated by TI as military-grade meet military  
specifications. Buyers acknowledge and agree that any such use of TI products which TI has not designated as military-grade is solely at  
the Buyer's risk, and that they are solely responsible for compliance with all legal and regulatory requirements in connection with such use.  
TI products are neither designed nor intended for use in automotive applications or environments unless the specific TI products are  
designated by TI as compliant with ISO/TS 16949 requirements. Buyers acknowledge and agree that, if they use any non-designated  
products in automotive applications, TI will not be responsible for any failure to meet such requirements.  
Following are URLs where you can obtain information on other Texas Instruments products and application solutions:  
Products  
Applications  
Audio  
Amplifiers  
Data Converters  
DLP® Products  
Automotive  
Communications and  
Telecom  
DSP  
Computers and  
Peripherals  
Clocks and Timers  
Interface  
Consumer Electronics  
Energy  
Logic  
Industrial  
Power Mgmt  
Microcontrollers  
RFID  
Medical  
Security  
Space, Avionics &  
Defense  
RF/IF and ZigBee® Solutions www.ti.com/lprf  
Video and Imaging  
Wireless  
Mailing Address: Texas Instruments, Post Office Box 655303, Dallas, Texas 75265  
Copyright © 2010, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Taylor Scale TR250SS User Manual
The Singing Machine CD Player SMG 299 User Manual
Top Innovations Vacuum Cleaner CF 980 User Manual
Toshiba Copier e STUDIO35 User Manual
Toshiba Power Supply 20kVA User Manual
Triarch Indoor Furnishings 60115 User Manual
Vanguard Heating Indoor Fireplace 24 User Manual
Vector Automobile Battery Charger VEC011 User Manual
Viper Automobile Electronics G4203V User Manual
Vita Spa Hot Tub U 1 3 0 User Manual